The software bridge can be build with vlan filtering support
included. However, by default it is turned off. In its turned off
state, it still passes VLANs via switchev, even though they are not to
be used. Don't pass these VLANs to the hardware. Only do so when vlan
filtering is enabled.
This fixes at least one corner case. There are still issues in other
corners, such as when vlan_filtering is later enabled.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that the host indicates when a multicast group should be forwarded
from the switch to the host, don't do it by default.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The notify mechanism does not need to modify the port it is notifying.
So make the parameter const.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add code to handle switchdev host mdb add/del. Since DSA uses one of
the switch ports as a transport to the host, we just need to add an
MDB on this port.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the host joins or leaves a multicast group, use switchdev to add
an object to the hardware to forward traffic for the group to the
host.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The host can join or leave a multicast group on the brX interface, as
indicated by IGMP snooping. This is tracked within the bridge
multicast code. Send a notification when this happens, in the same way
a notification is sent when a port of the bridge joins/leaves a group
because of IGMP snooping.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The boolean mglist indicates the host has joined a particular
multicast group on the bridge interface. It is badly named, obscuring
what is means. Rename it.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Simple cases of overlapping changes in the packet scheduler.
Must easier to resolve this time.
Which probably means that I screwed it up somehow.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Once an NFC target (i.e., a tag) is found, it remains active until
there is a failure reading or writing it (often caused by the target
moving out of range). While the target is active, the NFC adapter
and antenna must remain powered. This wastes power when the target
remains in range but the client application no longer cares whether
it is there or not.
To mitigate this, add a new netlink command that allows userspace
to deactivate an active target. When issued, this command will cause
the NFC subsystem to act as though the target was moved out of range.
Once the command has been executed, the client application can power
off the NFC adapter to reduce power consumption.
Signed-off-by: Mark Greer <mgreer@animalcreek.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
When deactivating an active target, the outstanding command should
be aborted.
Signed-off-by: Mark Greer <mgreer@animalcreek.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net): ipsec 2017-11-09
1) Fix a use after free due to a reallocated skb head.
From Florian Westphal.
2) Fix sporadic lookup failures on labeled IPSEC.
From Florian Westphal.
3) Fix a stack out of bounds when a socket policy is applied
to an IPv6 socket that sends IPv4 packets.
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Hold netns refcnt before call_rcu() and release it after
the tcf_exts_destroy() is done.
Note, on ->destroy() path we have to respect the return value
of tcf_exts_get_net(), on other paths it should always return
true, so we don't need to care.
Cc: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Hold netns refcnt before call_rcu() and release it after
the tcf_exts_destroy() is done.
Note, on ->destroy() path we have to respect the return value
of tcf_exts_get_net(), on other paths it should always return
true, so we don't need to care.
Cc: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Hold netns refcnt before call_rcu() and release it after
the tcf_exts_destroy() is done.
Note, on ->destroy() path we have to respect the return value
of tcf_exts_get_net(), on other paths it should always return
true, so we don't need to care.
Cc: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Hold netns refcnt before call_rcu() and release it after
the tcf_exts_destroy() is done.
Note, on ->destroy() path we have to respect the return value
of tcf_exts_get_net(), on other paths it should always return
true, so we don't need to care.
Cc: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Hold netns refcnt before call_rcu() and release it after
the tcf_exts_destroy() is done.
Cc: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Hold netns refcnt before call_rcu() and release it after
the tcf_exts_destroy() is done.
Note, on ->destroy() path we have to respect the return value
of tcf_exts_get_net(), on other paths it should always return
true, so we don't need to care.
Cc: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Hold netns refcnt before call_rcu() and release it after
the tcf_exts_destroy() is done.
Note, on ->destroy() path we have to respect the return value
of tcf_exts_get_net(), on other paths it should always return
true, so we don't need to care.
Cc: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Hold netns refcnt before call_rcu() and release it after
the tcf_exts_destroy() is done.
Note, on ->destroy() path we have to respect the return value
of tcf_exts_get_net(), on other paths it should always return
true, so we don't need to care.
Cc: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Hold netns refcnt before call_rcu() and release it after
the tcf_exts_destroy() is done.
Note, on ->destroy() path we have to respect the return value
of tcf_exts_get_net(), on other paths it should always return
true, so we don't need to care.
Cc: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Hold netns refcnt before call_rcu() and release it after
the tcf_exts_destroy() is done.
Note, on ->destroy() path we have to respect the return value
of tcf_exts_get_net(), on other paths it should always return
true, so we don't need to care.
Cc: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Hold netns refcnt before call_rcu() and release it after
the tcf_exts_destroy() is done.
Note, on ->destroy() path we have to respect the return value
of tcf_exts_get_net(), on other paths it should always return
true, so we don't need to care.
Cc: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of holding netns refcnt in tc actions, we can minimize
the holding time by saving it in struct tcf_exts instead. This
means we can just hold netns refcnt right before call_rcu() and
release it after tcf_exts_destroy() is done.
However, because on netns cleanup path we call tcf_proto_destroy()
too, obviously we can not hold netns for a zero refcnt, in this
case we have to do cleanup synchronously. It is fine for RCU too,
the caller cleanup_net() already waits for a grace period.
For other cases, refcnt is non-zero and we can safely grab it as
normal and release it after we are done.
This patch provides two new API for each filter to use:
tcf_exts_get_net() and tcf_exts_put_net(). And all filters now can
use the following pattern:
void __destroy_filter() {
tcf_exts_destroy();
tcf_exts_put_net(); // <== release netns refcnt
kfree();
}
void some_work() {
rtnl_lock();
__destroy_filter();
rtnl_unlock();
}
void some_rcu_callback() {
tcf_queue_work(some_work);
}
if (tcf_exts_get_net()) // <== hold netns refcnt
call_rcu(some_rcu_callback);
else
__destroy_filter();
Cc: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit ceffcc5e25.
If we hold that refcnt, the netns can never be destroyed until
all actions are destroyed by user, this breaks our netns design
which we expect all actions are destroyed when we destroy the
whole netns.
Cc: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit brings no functional changes. It gets rid of the underscore
prefixed _dsa_register_switch and _dsa_unregister_switch functions in
favor of dsa_switch_probe() which parses and adds a switch to a tree and
dsa_switch_remove() which removes a switch from a tree.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that the tree setup is centralized, we can simplify the code a bit
more by setting up or tearing down the tree directly when adding or
removing a switch to/from it.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The *_complete() functions take too much arguments to do only one thing:
they try to fetch the dsa_port structures corresponding to device nodes
under the "link" list property of DSA ports, and use them to setup the
routing table of switches.
This patch simplifies them by providing instead simpler
dsa_{port,switch,tree}_setup_routing_table functions which return a
boolean value, true if the tree is complete.
dsa_tree_setup_routing_table is called inside dsa_tree_setup which
simplifies the switch registering function as well.
A switch's routing table is now initialized before its setup.
This also makes dsa_port_is_valid obsolete, remove it.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The OF code provides a of_for_each_phandle() helper to iterate over
phandles. Use it instead of arbitrary iterating ourselves over the list
of phandles hanging to the "link" property of the port's device node.
The of_phandle_iterator_next() helper calls of_node_put() itself on
it.node. Thus We must only do it ourselves if we break the loop.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of having two dsa_ds_find_port_dn (which returns a bool) and
dsa_dst_find_port_dn (which returns a switch) functions, provide a more
explicit dsa_tree_find_port_by_node function which returns a matching
port.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dsa_dsa_port_apply and dsa_cpu_port_apply functions do exactly the
same. The dsa_user_port_apply function does not try to register a fixed
link but try to create a slave.
This commit factorizes and scopes all that in two convenient
dsa_port_setup and dsa_port_teardown functions.
It won't hurt to register a devlink_port for unused port as well.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patches brings no functional changes. It removes the unused dst
argument from the dsa_ds_apply and dsa_ds_unapply functions, rename them
to dsa_switch_setup and dsa_switch_teardown for a more explicit scope.
This clarifies the steps of the setup or teardown of a switch fabric.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit provides better scope for the DSA tree setup and teardown
functions. It renames the "applied" bool to "setup" and print a message
when the tree is setup, as it is done during teardown.
At the same time, check dst->setup in dsa_tree_setup, where it is set to
true.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add DSA helpers to setup and teardown a master net device wired to its
CPU port. This centralizes the dsa_ptr assignment.
This also makes the master ethtool helpers static at the same time.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dsa_dst_parse function called just before dsa_dst_apply does not
parse the tree but does only one thing: it assigns the default CPU port
to dst->cpu_dp and to each user ports.
This patch simplifies this by calling a dsa_tree_setup_default_cpu
function at the beginning of dsa_dst_apply directly.
A dsa_port_is_user helper is added for convenience.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A DSA port has a dedicated CPU port assigned to it, stored in the cpu_dp
member. It is not meant to be modified by a port, thus make it const.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to
all timer callbacks, switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer()
to pass the timer pointer explicitly.
Cc: Wensong Zhang <wensong@linux-vs.org>
Cc: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Cc: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Cc: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Cc: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Cc: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: lvs-devel@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netfilter-devel@vger.kernel.org
Cc: coreteam@netfilter.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Acked-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Use lockdep to check that IRQs are enabled or disabled as expected. This
way the sanity check only shows overhead when concurrency correctness
debug code is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Frederic Weisbecker <frederic@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Lai Jiangshan <jiangshanlai@gmail.com>
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1509980490-4285-14-git-send-email-frederic@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
v16->17
- Fixed disputed check code: keep them in nsh_push and nsh_pop
but also add them in __ovs_nla_copy_actions
v15->v16
- Add csum recalculation for nsh_push, nsh_pop and set_nsh
pointed out by Pravin
- Move nsh key into the union with ipv4 and ipv6 and add
check for nsh key in match_validate pointed out by Pravin
- Add nsh check in validate_set and __ovs_nla_copy_actions
v14->v15
- Check size in nsh_hdr_from_nlattr
- Fixed four small issues pointed out By Jiri and Eric
v13->v14
- Rename skb_push_nsh to nsh_push per Dave's comment
- Rename skb_pop_nsh to nsh_pop per Dave's comment
v12->v13
- Fix NSH header length check in set_nsh
v11->v12
- Fix missing changes old comments pointed out
- Fix new comments for v11
v10->v11
- Fix the left three disputable comments for v9
but not fixed in v10.
v9->v10
- Change struct ovs_key_nsh to
struct ovs_nsh_key_base base;
__be32 context[NSH_MD1_CONTEXT_SIZE];
- Fix new comments for v9
v8->v9
- Fix build error reported by daily intel build
because nsh module isn't selected by openvswitch
v7->v8
- Rework nested value and mask for OVS_KEY_ATTR_NSH
- Change pop_nsh to adapt to nsh kernel module
- Fix many issues per comments from Jiri Benc
v6->v7
- Remove NSH GSO patches in v6 because Jiri Benc
reworked it as another patch series and they have
been merged.
- Change it to adapt to nsh kernel module added by NSH
GSO patch series
v5->v6
- Fix the rest comments for v4.
- Add NSH GSO support for VxLAN-gpe + NSH and
Eth + NSH.
v4->v5
- Fix many comments by Jiri Benc and Eric Garver
for v4.
v3->v4
- Add new NSH match field ttl
- Update NSH header to the latest format
which will be final format and won't change
per its author's confirmation.
- Fix comments for v3.
v2->v3
- Change OVS_KEY_ATTR_NSH to nested key to handle
length-fixed attributes and length-variable
attriubte more flexibly.
- Remove struct ovs_action_push_nsh completely
- Add code to handle nested attribute for SET_MASKED
- Change PUSH_NSH to use the nested OVS_KEY_ATTR_NSH
to transfer NSH header data.
- Fix comments and coding style issues by Jiri and Eric
v1->v2
- Change encap_nsh and decap_nsh to push_nsh and pop_nsh
- Dynamically allocate struct ovs_action_push_nsh for
length-variable metadata.
OVS master and 2.8 branch has merged NSH userspace
patch series, this patch is to enable NSH support
in kernel data path in order that OVS can support
NSH in compat mode by porting this.
Signed-off-by: Yi Yang <yi.y.yang@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Eric Garver <e@erig.me>
Acked-by: Pravin Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Timestamps in pktgen are currently retrieved using the deprecated
do_gettimeofday() function that wraps its signed 32-bit seconds in 2038
(on 32-bit architectures) and requires a division operation to calculate
microseconds.
The pktgen header is also defined with the same limitations, hardcoding
to a 32-bit seconds field that can be interpreted as unsigned to produce
times that only wrap in 2106. Whatever code reads the timestamps should
be aware of that problem in general, but probably doesn't care too
much as we are mostly interested in the time passing between packets,
and that is correctly represented.
Using 64-bit nanoseconds would be cheaper and good for 584 years. Using
monotonic times would also make this unambiguous by avoiding the overflow,
but would make it harder to correlate to the times with those on remote
machines. Either approach would require adding a new runtime flag and
implementing the same thing on the remote side, which we probably don't
want to do unless someone sees it as a real problem. Also, this should
be coordinated with other pktgen implementations and might need a new
magic number.
For the moment, I'm documenting the overflow in the source code, and
changing the implementation over to an open-coded ktime_get_real_ts64()
plus division, so we don't have to look at it again while scanning for
deprecated time interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Registering qrtr with module_init makes the ability of typical platform
code to create AF_QIPCRTR socket during probe a matter of link order
luck. Moving qrtr to postcore_initcall() avoids this.
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter/IPVS updates for your net-next
tree, they are:
1) Speed up table replacement on busy systems with large tables
(and many cores) in x_tables. Now xt_replace_table() synchronizes by
itself by waiting until all cpus had an even seqcount and we use no
use seqlock when fetching old counters, from Florian Westphal.
2) Add nf_l4proto_log_invalid() and nf_ct_l4proto_log_invalid() to speed
up packet processing in the fast path when logging is not enabled, from
Florian Westphal.
3) Precompute masked address from configuration plane in xt_connlimit,
from Florian.
4) Don't use explicit size for set selection if performance set policy
is selected.
5) Allow to get elements from an existing set in nf_tables.
6) Fix incorrect check in nft_hash_deactivate(), from Florian.
7) Cache netlink attribute size result in l4proto->nla_size, from
Florian.
8) Handle NFPROTO_INET in nf_ct_netns_get() from conntrack core.
9) Use power efficient workqueue in conntrack garbage collector, from
Vincent Guittot.
10) Remove unnecessary parameter, in conntrack l4proto functions, also
from Florian.
11) Constify struct nf_conntrack_l3proto definitions, from Florian.
12) Remove all typedefs in nf_conntrack_h323 via coccinelle semantic
patch, from Harsha Sharma.
13) Don't store address in the rbtree nodes in xt_connlimit, they are
never used, from Florian.
14) Fix out of bound access in the conntrack h323 helper, patch from
Eric Sesterhenn.
15) Print symbols for the address returned with %pS in IPVS, from
Helge Deller.
16) Proc output should only display its own netns in IPVS, from
KUWAZAWA Takuya.
17) Small clean up in size_entry_mwt(), from Colin Ian King.
18) Use test_and_clear_bit from nf_nat_proto_clean() instead of separated
non-atomic test and then clear bit, from Florian Westphal.
19) Consolidate prefix length maps in ipset, from Aaron Conole.
20) Fix sparse warnings in ipset, from Jozsef Kadlecsik.
21) Simplify list_set_memsize(), from simran singhal.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The size for IFLA_IF_NETNSID is missing from the size calculation
because the proceeding semicolon was not removed. Fix this by removing
the semicolon.
Detected by CoverityScan, CID#1461135 ("Structurally dead code")
Fixes: 79e1ad148c ("rtnetlink: use netnsid to query interface")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove scripts/checkpatch.pl CHECKs by adjusting indenting.
Signed-off-by: Egil Hjelmeland <privat@egil-hjelmeland.no>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change TC_SETUP_CBS to TC_SETUP_QDISC_CBS to match the new convention..
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change TC_SETUP_MQPRIO to TC_SETUP_QDISC_MQPRIO to match the new
convention.
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the ability to offload RED qdisc by using ndo_setup_tc.
There are four commands for RED offloading:
* TC_RED_SET: handles set and change.
* TC_RED_DESTROY: handle qdisc destroy.
* TC_RED_STATS: update the qdiscs counters (given as reference)
* TC_RED_XSTAT: returns red xstats.
Whether RED is being offloaded is being determined every time dump action
is being called because parent change of this qdisc could change its
offload state but doesn't require any RED function to be called.
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In LWT tunnels both an input and output route method is defined.
If both of these are executed in the same path then double translation
happens and the effect is not correct.
This patch adds a new attribute that indicates the hook type. Two
values are defined for route output and route output. ILA
translation is only done for the one that is set. The default is
to enable ILA on route output.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@quantonium.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow identifier to be explicitly configured for a mapping.
This can either be one of the identifier types specified in the
ILA draft or a value of ILA_ATYPE_USE_FORMAT which means the
identifier type is inferred from the identifier type field.
If a value other than ILA_ATYPE_USE_FORMAT is set for a
mapping then it is assumed that the identifier type field is
not present in an identifier.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@quantonium.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add checksum neutral auto that performs checksum neutral mapping
without using the C-bit. This is enabled by configuration of
a mapping.
The checksum neutral function has been split into
ila_csum_do_neutral_fmt and ila_csum_do_neutral_nofmt. The former
handles the C-bit and includes it in the adjustment value. The latter
just sets the adjustment value on the locator diff only.
Added configuration for checksum neutral map aut in ila_lwt
and ila_xlat.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@quantonium.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Consolidate computing checksum diff into one function.
Add get_csum_diff_iaddr that computes the checksum diff between
an address argument and locator being written. get_csum_diff
calls this using the destination address in the IP header as
the argument.
Also moved ila_init_saved_csum to be close to the checksum
diff functions.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@quantonium.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since it can take a while before a specific thread gets scheduled, it
is better to just implement a first come first served queue mechanism.
That way, if a thread is already scheduled and is idle, it can pick up
the work to do from the queue.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
I noticed the server was sometimes not closing the connection after
a flushed Send. For example, if the client responds with an RNR NAK
to a Reply from the server, that client might be deadlocked, and
thus wouldn't send any more traffic. Thus the server wouldn't have
any opportunity to notice the XPT_CLOSE bit has been set.
Enqueue the transport so that svcxprt notices the bit even if there
is no more transport activity after a flushed completion, QP access
error, or device removal event.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-By: Devesh Sharma <devesh.sharma@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
It would be kinder to WARN() and recover in several spots here instead
of BUG()ing.
Also, it looks like the read_u32_from_xdr_buf() call could actually
fail, though it might require a broken (or malicious) client, so convert
that to just an error return.
Reported-by: Weston Andros Adamson <dros@monkey.org>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
The function _svc_create_xprt is local to the source and
does not need to be in global scope, so make it static.
Cleans up sparse warning:
symbol '_svc_create_xprt' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@poochiereds.net>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
This patch adds a new get operation to look up for specific elements in
a set via netlink interface. You can also use it to check if an interval
already exists.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Use the complexity and space notations if policy is performance, this
results in placing the bitmap set representation over the hashtable for
key <= 16 for better performance as we discussed during the last NFWS in
Faro, Portugal.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
conntrack uses the bounded system_long_wq workqueue for its works that
don't have to run on the cpu they have been queued.
Using bounded workqueue prevents the scheduler to make smart decision about
the best place to schedule the work.
This patch replaces system_long_wq with system_power_efficient_wq. the work
stays bounded to a cpu by default unless the CONFIG_WQ_POWER_EFFICIENT is
enable. In the latter case, the work can be scheduled on the best cpu from
a power or a performance point of view.
Signed-off-by: Vincent Guittot <vincent.guittot@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
So we can call this from other expression that need conntrack in place
to work.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Acked-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
We currently call ->nlattr_tuple_size() once at register time and
cache result in l4proto->nla_size.
nla_size is the only member that is written to, avoiding this would
allow to make l4proto trackers const.
We can use ->nlattr_tuple_size() at run time, and cache result in
the individual trackers instead.
This is an intermediate step, next patch removes nlattr_size()
callback and computes size at compile time, then removes nla_size.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Jindřich Makovička says:
The logical OR looks fishy to me. Shouldn't be && there instead?
Link: https://bugzilla.netfilter.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1199
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Instead of passing mask to all the helpers, just fixup the search key
early.
After rbtree conversion, each rbtree node stores connections of same
'addr & mask', so no need to pass the mask too.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
buf is initialized to buf_start and then set on the next statement
to buf_start + offsets[i]. Clean this up to just initialize buf
to buf_start + offsets[i] to clean up the clang build warning:
"Value stored to 'buf' during its initialization is never read"
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Information about ipvs in different network namespace can be seen via procfs.
How to reproduce:
# ip netns add ns01
# ip netns add ns02
# ip netns exec ns01 ip a add dev lo 127.0.0.1/8
# ip netns exec ns02 ip a add dev lo 127.0.0.1/8
# ip netns exec ns01 ipvsadm -A -t 10.1.1.1:80
# ip netns exec ns02 ipvsadm -A -t 10.1.1.2:80
The ipvsadm displays information about its own network namespace only.
# ip netns exec ns01 ipvsadm -Ln
IP Virtual Server version 1.2.1 (size=4096)
Prot LocalAddress:Port Scheduler Flags
-> RemoteAddress:Port Forward Weight ActiveConn InActConn
TCP 10.1.1.1:80 wlc
# ip netns exec ns02 ipvsadm -Ln
IP Virtual Server version 1.2.1 (size=4096)
Prot LocalAddress:Port Scheduler Flags
-> RemoteAddress:Port Forward Weight ActiveConn InActConn
TCP 10.1.1.2:80 wlc
But I can see information about other network namespace via procfs.
# ip netns exec ns01 cat /proc/net/ip_vs
IP Virtual Server version 1.2.1 (size=4096)
Prot LocalAddress:Port Scheduler Flags
-> RemoteAddress:Port Forward Weight ActiveConn InActConn
TCP 0A010101:0050 wlc
TCP 0A010102:0050 wlc
# ip netns exec ns02 cat /proc/net/ip_vs
IP Virtual Server version 1.2.1 (size=4096)
Prot LocalAddress:Port Scheduler Flags
-> RemoteAddress:Port Forward Weight ActiveConn InActConn
TCP 0A010102:0050 wlc
Signed-off-by: KUWAZAWA Takuya <albatross0@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The debug and error printk functions in ipvs uses wrongly the %pF instead of
the %pS printk format specifier for printing symbols for the address returned
by _builtin_return_address(0). Fix it for the ia64, ppc64 and parisc64
architectures.
Signed-off-by: Helge Deller <deller@gmx.de>
Cc: Wensong Zhang <wensong@linux-vs.org>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: lvs-devel@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netfilter-devel@vger.kernel.org
Acked-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer()
for net/nfc/*
Signed-off-by: Allen Pais <allen.pais@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
A recent change fixing NFC device allocation itself introduced an
error-handling bug by returning an error pointer in case device-id
allocation failed. This is clearly broken as the callers still expected
NULL to be returned on errors as detected by Dan's static checker.
Fix this up by returning NULL in the event that we've run out of memory
when allocating a new device id.
Note that the offending commit is marked for stable (3.8) so this fix
needs to be backported along with it.
Fixes: 20777bc57c ("NFC: fix broken device allocation")
Cc: stable <stable@vger.kernel.org> # 3.8
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hovold <johan@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Fixes DSACK-based undo when sender is in Open State and
an ACK advances snd_una.
Example scenario:
- Sender goes into recovery and makes some spurious rtx.
- It comes out of recovery and enters into open state.
- It sends some more packets, let's say 4.
- The receiver sends an ACK for the first two, but this ACK is lost.
- The sender receives ack for first two, and DSACK for previous
spurious rtx.
Signed-off-by: Priyaranjan Jha <priyarjha@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Yousuk Seung <ysseung@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently TCP RACK loss detection does not work well if packets are
being reordered beyond its static reordering window (min_rtt/4).Under
such reordering it may falsely trigger loss recoveries and reduce TCP
throughput significantly.
This patch improves that by increasing and reducing the reordering
window based on DSACK, which is now supported in major TCP implementations.
It makes RACK's reo_wnd adaptive based on DSACK and no. of recoveries.
- If DSACK is received, increment reo_wnd by min_rtt/4 (upper bounded
by srtt), since there is possibility that spurious retransmission was
due to reordering delay longer than reo_wnd.
- Persist the current reo_wnd value for TCP_RACK_RECOVERY_THRESH (16)
no. of successful recoveries (accounts for full DSACK-based loss
recovery undo). After that, reset it to default (min_rtt/4).
- At max, reo_wnd is incremented only once per rtt. So that the new
DSACK on which we are reacting, is due to the spurious retx (approx)
after the reo_wnd has been updated last time.
- reo_wnd is tracked in terms of steps (of min_rtt/4), rather than
absolute value to account for change in rtt.
In our internal testing, we observed significant increase in throughput,
in scenarios where reordering exceeds min_rtt/4 (previous static value).
Signed-off-by: Priyaranjan Jha <priyarjha@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend the dsa_port_parse_cpu() function to resolve the tagging protocol
at port parsing time, instead of waiting for the whole tree to be
complete.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add dsa_port_parse_user, dsa_port_parse_dsa and dsa_port_parse_cpu
functions to factorize the code shared by both OF and pdata parsing.
They don't do much for the moment but will be extended later to support
tagging protocol resolution for example.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When parsing a port, simply use of_property_read_bool which checks the
presence of a given property, instead of parsing the link phandle.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When parsing a switch, we have to identify to which tree it belongs and
parse its ports. Provide two functions to separate the OF and platform
data specific paths.
Also use the of_property_read_variable_u32_array function to parse the
OF member array instead of calling of_property_read_u32_index twice.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We will need a reference to the dsa_switch_tree when parsing a CPU port,
so fetch it right after parsing the member and before parsing ports.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes the unnecessary index argument from the
dsa_dst_add_ds and dsa_dst_del_ds functions and renames them to
dsa_tree_add_switch and dsa_tree_remove_switch respectively.
In addition to a more explicit scope, we now check the presence of an
existing switch with the same index directly within dsa_tree_add_switch.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename dsa_get_dst to dsa_tree_find since it doesn't increment the
reference counter, rename dsa_add_dst to dsa_tree_alloc for symmetry
with dsa_tree_free, and provide a convenient dsa_tree_touch function to
find or allocate a new tree.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Provide convenient dsa_tree_get and dsa_tree_put functions scoping a DSA
tree used to increment and decrement its reference counter, instead of
poking directly its kref structure.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DSA trees have a refcount used to automatically free the dsa_switch_tree
structure once there is no switch devices inside of it.
The refcount is incremented when a switch is added to the tree, and
decremented when it is removed from it.
But because of kref_init, the refcount is also incremented at
initialization, and when looking up the tree from the list for symmetry.
Thus the current code stores the number of switches plus one, and makes
the switch registration more complex.
To simplify the switch registration function, we reset the refcount to
zero after initialization and don't increment it when looking up a tree.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similarly to a DSA switch and port, rename the tree index from "tree" to
"index" and make it an unsigned int because it isn't supposed to be less
than 0.
u32 is an OF specific data used to retrieve the value and has no need to
be propagated up to the tree index.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Thanks to the ability to load a program for a specific device,
running verifier twice is no longer needed.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If TC program is loaded with skip_sw flag, we should allow
the device-specific programs to be accepted.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass the netdev pointer to bpf_prog_get_type(). This way
BPF code can decide whether the device matches what the
code was loaded/translated for.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ndo_xdp is a control path callback for setting up XDP in the
driver. We can reuse it for other forms of communication
between the eBPF stack and the drivers. Rename the callback
and associated structures and definitions.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using l2tp_tunnel_find() in l2tp_ip_recv() is wrong for two reasons:
* It doesn't take a reference on the returned tunnel, which makes the
call racy wrt. concurrent tunnel deletion.
* The lookup is only based on the tunnel identifier, so it can return
a tunnel that doesn't match the packet's addresses or protocol.
For example, a packet sent to an L2TPv3 over IPv6 tunnel can be
delivered to an L2TPv2 over UDPv4 tunnel. This is worse than a simple
cross-talk: when delivering the packet to an L2TP over UDP tunnel, the
corresponding socket is UDP, where ->sk_backlog_rcv() is NULL. Calling
sk_receive_skb() will then crash the kernel by trying to execute this
callback.
And l2tp_tunnel_find() isn't even needed here. __l2tp_ip_bind_lookup()
properly checks the socket binding and connection settings. It was used
as a fallback mechanism for finding tunnels that didn't have their data
path registered yet. But it's not limited to this case and can be used
to replace l2tp_tunnel_find() in the general case.
Fix l2tp_ip6 in the same way.
Fixes: 0d76751fad ("l2tp: Add L2TPv3 IP encapsulation (no UDP) support")
Fixes: a32e0eec70 ("l2tp: introduce L2TPv3 IP encapsulation support for IPv6")
Signed-off-by: Guillaume Nault <g.nault@alphalink.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcp_init_nondata_skb() is fed with freshly allocated skbs.
They already have a cleared csum field, no need to clear it again.
This is based on Neal review on commit 3b11775033 ("tcp: do not mangle
skb->cb[] in tcp_make_synack()"), noticing I did not clear skb->csum.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reduce one indentation level to make code more readable.
tcp_sync_mss() can be factorized.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, when an application gets netnsid from the kernel (for example as
the result of RTM_GETLINK call on one end of the veth pair), it's not much
useful. There's no reliable way to get to the netns fd from the netnsid, nor
does any kernel API accept netnsid.
Extend the RTM_GETLINK call to also accept netnsid. It will operate on the
netns with the given netnsid in such case. Of course, the calling process
needs to have enough capabilities in the target name space; for now, require
CAP_NET_ADMIN. This can be relaxed in the future.
To signal to the calling process that the kernel understood the new
IFLA_IF_NETNSID attribute in the query, it will include it in the response.
This is needed to detect older kernels, as they will just ignore
IFLA_IF_NETNSID and query in the current name space.
This patch implemetns IFLA_IF_NETNSID only for get and dump. For set
operations, this can be extended later.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch allows reliable identification of netdevice interfaces connected
to openvswitch bridges. In particular, user space queries the netdev
interfaces belonging to the ports for statistics, up/down state, etc.
Datapath dump needs to provide enough information for the user space to be
able to do that.
Currently, only interface names are returned. This is not sufficient, as
openvswitch allows its ports to be in different name spaces and the
interface name is valid only in its name space. What is needed and generally
used in other netlink APIs, is the pair ifindex+netnsid.
The solution is addition of the ifindex+netnsid pair (or only ifindex if in
the same name space) to vport get/dump operation.
On request side, ideally the ifindex+netnsid pair could be used to
get/set/del the corresponding vport. This is not implemented by this patch
and can be added later if needed.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IN6_ADDR_HSIZE is private to addrconf.c, move it here to avoid
confusion.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
pktgen accidentally used IN6_ADDR_HSIZE, instead of using the size of an
IPv6 address.
Since IN6_ADDR_HSIZE recently was increased from 16 to 256, this old
bug is hitting us.
Fixes: 3f27fb2321 ("ipv6: addrconf: add per netns perturbation in inet6_addr_hash()")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently n->flags is being operated on by a logical && operator rather
than a bitwise & operator. This looks incorrect as these should be bit
flag operations. Fix this.
Detected by CoverityScan, CID#1460398 ("Logical vs. bitwise operator")
Fixes: 245dc5121a ("net: sched: cls_u32: call block callbacks for offload")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When run ipvs in two different network namespace at the same host, and one
ipvs transport network traffic to the other network namespace ipvs.
'ipvs_property' flag will make the second ipvs take no effect. So we should
clear 'ipvs_property' when SKB network namespace changed.
Fixes: 621e84d6f3 ("dev: introduce skb_scrub_packet()")
Signed-off-by: Ye Yin <hustcat@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Wei Zhou <chouryzhou@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Average RTT is 32-bit thus full 64-bit division is redundant.
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Khlebnikov <khlebnikov@yandex-team.ru>
Suggested-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some time ago Eric Dumazet suggested a "hack the IFF_XMIT_DST_RELEASE
flag on the vlan netdev". But the last comment was "does not support
properly bonding/team.(If the real_dev->privflags IFF_XMIT_DST_RELEASE
bit changes, we want to update all the vlans at the same time )"
I've extended that patch to support changes of IFF_XMIT_DST_RELEASE in
bonding/team.
Both bonding and team call netdev_change_features() after recalculation
of features including priv_flags IFF_XMIT_DST_RELEASE bit. So the only
thing needed to support is to recheck this bit in
vlan_transfer_features().
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vadim Fedorenko <vfedorenko@yandex-team.ru>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Files removed in 'net-next' had their license header updated
in 'net'. We take the remove from 'net-next'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
"Hopefully this is the last batch of networking fixes for 4.14
Fingers crossed...
1) Fix stmmac to use the proper sized OF property read, from Bhadram
Varka.
2) Fix use after free in net scheduler tc action code, from Cong
Wang.
3) Fix SKB control block mangling in tcp_make_synack().
4) Use proper locking in fib_dump_info(), from Florian Westphal.
5) Fix IPG encodings in systemport driver, from Florian Fainelli.
6) Fix division by zero in NV TCP congestion control module, from
Konstantin Khlebnikov.
7) Fix use after free in nf_reject_ipv4, from Tejaswi Tanikella"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net:
net: systemport: Correct IPG length settings
tcp: do not mangle skb->cb[] in tcp_make_synack()
fib: fib_dump_info can no longer use __in_dev_get_rtnl
stmmac: use of_property_read_u32 instead of read_u8
net_sched: hold netns refcnt for each action
net_sched: acquire RTNL in tc_action_net_exit()
net: vrf: correct FRA_L3MDEV encode type
tcp_nv: fix division by zero in tcpnv_acked()
netfilter: nf_reject_ipv4: Fix use-after-free in send_reset
netfilter: nft_set_hash: disable fast_ops for 2-len keys
Replace -EBUSY with -ENOSPC when handling transient busy
indication in the absence of backlog.
Signed-off-by: Gilad Ben-Yossef <gilad@benyossef.com>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
In sch_handle_egress and sch_handle_ingress tp->q is used only in order
to update stats. So stats and filter list are the only things that are
needed in clsact qdisc fastpath processing. Introduce new mini_Qdisc
struct to hold those items. Also, introduce a helper to swap the
mini_Qdisc structures in case filter list head changes.
This removes need for tp->q usage without added overhead.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a callback that is to be called whenever head of the chain changes.
Also provide a callback for the default case when the caller gets a
block using non-extended getter.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Callers of tcf_block_put() could pass NULL so
we can't use block->q before checking if block is
NULL or not.
tcf_block_put_ext() callers are fine, it is always
non-NULL.
Fixes: 8c4083b30e ("net: sched: add block bind/unbind notif. and extended block_get/put")
Reported-by: Dave Taht <dave.taht@gmail.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we do tunnel or beet mode, we pass saddr and daddr from the
template to xfrm_state_find(), this is ok. On transport mode,
we pass the addresses from the flowi, assuming that the IP
addresses (and address family) don't change during transformation.
This assumption is wrong in the IPv4 mapped IPv6 case, packet
is IPv4 and template is IPv6. Fix this by using the addresses
from the template unconditionally.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Stephen Smalley says:
Since 4.14-rc1, the selinux-testsuite has been encountering sporadic
failures during testing of labeled IPSEC. git bisect pointed to
commit ec30d ("xfrm: add xdst pcpu cache").
The xdst pcpu cache is only checking that the policies are the same,
but does not validate that the policy, state, and flow match with respect
to security context labeling.
As a result, the wrong SA could be used and the receiver could end up
performing permission checking and providing SO_PEERSEC or SCM_SECURITY
values for the wrong security context.
This fix makes it so that we always do the template resolution, and
then checks that the found states match those in the pcpu bundle.
This has the disadvantage of doing a bit more work (lookup in state hash
table) if we can reuse the xdst entry (we only avoid xdst alloc/free)
but we don't add a lot of extra work in case we can't reuse.
xfrm_pol_dead() check is removed, reasoning is that
xfrm_tmpl_resolve does all needed checks.
Cc: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
Fixes: ec30d78c14 ("xfrm: add xdst pcpu cache")
Reported-by: Stephen Smalley <sds@tycho.nsa.gov>
Tested-by: Stephen Smalley <sds@tycho.nsa.gov>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
While stress testing MTU probing, we had crashes in list_del() that we root-caused
to the fact that tcp_fragment() is unconditionally inserting the freshly allocated
skb into tsorted_sent_queue list.
But this list is supposed to contain skbs that were sent.
This was mostly harmless until MTU probing was enabled.
Fortunately we can use the tcp_queue enum added later (but in same linux version)
for rtx-rb-tree to fix the bug.
Fixes: e2080072ed ("tcp: new list for sent but unacked skbs for RACK recovery")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Cc: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Cc: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Cc: Priyaranjan Jha <priyarjha@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently gen_flags is being operated on by a logical && operator rather
than a bitwise & operator. This looks incorrect as these should be bit
flag operations. Fix this.
Detected by CoverityScan, CID#1460305 ("Logical vs. bitwise operator")
Fixes: 3f7889c4c7 ("net: sched: cls_bpf: call block callbacks for offload)
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
icsk_accept_queue.fastopenq.lock is only fully initialized at listen()
time.
LOCKDEP is not happy if we attempt a spin_lock_bh() on it, because
of missing annotation. (Although kernel runs just fine)
Lets use net->ipv4.tcp_fastopen_ctx_lock to protect ctx access.
Fixes: 1fba70e5b6 ("tcp: socket option to set TCP fast open key")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Christoph Paasch <cpaasch@apple.com>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Paasch <cpaasch@apple.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The neighbor monitor employs a threshold, default set to 32 peer nodes,
where it activates the "Overlapping Neighbor Monitoring" algorithm.
Below that threshold, monitoring is full-mesh, and no "domain records"
are passed between the nodes.
Because of this, a node never received a peer's ack that it has received
the most recent update of the own domain. Hence, the field 'acked_gen'
in struct tipc_monitor_state remains permamently at zero, whereas the
own domain generation is incremented for each added or removed peer.
This has the effect that the function tipc_mon_get_state() always sets
the field 'probing' in struct tipc_monitor_state true, again leading the
tipc_link_timeout() of the link in question to always send out a probe,
even when link->silent_intv_count is zero.
This is functionally harmless, but leads to some unncessary probing,
which can easily be eliminated by setting the 'probing' field of the
said struct correctly in such cases.
At the same time, we explictly invalidate the sent domain records when
the algorithm is not activated. This will eliminate any risk that an
invalid domain record might be inadverently accepted by the peer.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, the offload unbind is done before the chains are flushed.
That causes driver to unregister block callback before it can get all
the callback calls done during flush, leaving the offloaded tps inside
the HW. So fix the order to prevent this situation and restore the
original behaviour.
Reported-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.duyck@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Jakub Kicinski <kubakici@wp.pl>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes the following sparse warnings:
net/ncsi/ncsi-manage.c:41:5: warning:
symbol 'ncsi_get_filter' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer() api's.
Signed-off-by: Allen Pais <allen.pais@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer() api's.
Signed-off-by: Allen Pais <allen.pais@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Devices performing IPv4 forwarding need to update their multipath hash
policy whenever it is changed.
Inform these devices by generating a netevent.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Christoph Paasch sent a patch to address the following issue :
tcp_make_synack() is leaving some TCP private info in skb->cb[],
then send the packet by other means than tcp_transmit_skb()
tcp_transmit_skb() makes sure to clear skb->cb[] to not confuse
IPv4/IPV6 stacks, but we have no such cleanup for SYNACK.
tcp_make_synack() should not use tcp_init_nondata_skb() :
tcp_init_nondata_skb() really should be limited to skbs put in write/rtx
queues (the ones that are only sent via tcp_transmit_skb())
This patch fixes the issue and should even save few cpu cycles ;)
Fixes: 971f10eca1 ("tcp: better TCP_SKB_CB layout to reduce cache line misses")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Christoph Paasch <cpaasch@apple.com>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Paasch <cpaasch@apple.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
syzbot reported yet another regression added with DOIT_UNLOCKED.
When nexthop is marked as dead, fib_dump_info uses __in_dev_get_rtnl():
./include/linux/inetdevice.h:230 suspicious rcu_dereference_protected() usage!
rcu_scheduler_active = 2, debug_locks = 1
1 lock held by syz-executor2/23859:
#0: (rcu_read_lock){....}, at: [<ffffffff840283f0>]
inet_rtm_getroute+0xaa0/0x2d70 net/ipv4/route.c:2738
[..]
lockdep_rcu_suspicious+0x123/0x170 kernel/locking/lockdep.c:4665
__in_dev_get_rtnl include/linux/inetdevice.h:230 [inline]
fib_dump_info+0x1136/0x13d0 net/ipv4/fib_semantics.c:1377
inet_rtm_getroute+0xf97/0x2d70 net/ipv4/route.c:2785
..
This isn't safe anymore, callers either hold RTNL mutex or rcu read lock,
so these spots must use rcu_dereference_rtnl() or plain rcu_derefence()
(plus unconditional rcu read lock).
This does the latter.
Fixes: 394f51abb3 ("ipv4: route: set ipv4 RTM_GETROUTE to not use rtnl")
Reported-by: syzbot <syzkaller@googlegroups.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The lan9303 driver defines eth_stp_addr as a synonym to
eth_reserved_addr_base to get the STP ethernet address 01:80:c2:00:00:00.
eth_reserved_addr_base is also used to define the start of Bridge Reserved
ethernet address range, which happen to be the STP address.
br_dev_setup refer to eth_reserved_addr_base as a definition of STP
address.
Clean up by:
- Move the eth_stp_addr definition to linux/etherdevice.h
- Use eth_stp_addr instead of eth_reserved_addr_base in br_dev_setup.
Signed-off-by: Egil Hjelmeland <privat@egil-hjelmeland.no>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TC actions have been destroyed asynchronously for a long time,
previously in a RCU callback and now in a workqueue. If we
don't hold a refcnt for its netns, we could use the per netns
data structure, struct tcf_idrinfo, after it has been freed by
netns workqueue.
Hold refcnt to ensure netns destroy happens after all actions
are gone.
Fixes: ddf97ccdd7 ("net_sched: add network namespace support for tc actions")
Reported-by: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Tested-by: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I forgot to acquire RTNL in tc_action_net_exit()
which leads that action ops->cleanup() is not always
called with RTNL. This usually is not a big deal because
this function is called after all netns refcnt are gone,
but given RTNL protects more than just actions, add it
for safety and consistency.
Also add an assertion to catch other potential bugs.
Fixes: ddf97ccdd7 ("net_sched: add network namespace support for tc actions")
Reported-by: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Tested-by: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This tracepoint can be used to trace synack retransmits. It maintains
pointer to struct request_sock.
We cannot simply reuse trace_tcp_retransmit_skb() here, because the
sk here is the LISTEN socket. The IP addresses and ports should be
extracted from struct request_sock.
Note that, like many other tracepoints, this patch uses IS_ENABLED
in TP_fast_assign macro, which triggers sparse warning like:
./include/trace/events/tcp.h:274:1: error: directive in argument list
./include/trace/events/tcp.h:281:1: error: directive in argument list
However, there is no good solution to avoid these warnings. To the
best of our knowledge, these warnings are harmless.
Signed-off-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RFC 8200 (IPv6) defines Hop-by-Hop options and Destination options
extension headers. Both of these carry a list of TLVs which is
only limited by the maximum length of the extension header (2048
bytes). By the spec a host must process all the TLVs in these
options, however these could be used as a fairly obvious
denial of service attack. I think this could in fact be
a significant DOS vector on the Internet, one mitigating
factor might be that many FWs drop all packets with EH (and
obviously this is only IPv6) so an Internet wide attack might not
be so effective (yet!).
By my calculation, the worse case packet with TLVs in a standard
1500 byte MTU packet that would be processed by the stack contains
1282 invidual TLVs (including pad TLVS) or 724 two byte TLVs. I
wrote a quick test program that floods a whole bunch of these
packets to a host and sure enough there is substantial time spent
in ip6_parse_tlv. These packets contain nothing but unknown TLVS
(that are ignored), TLV padding, and bogus UDP header with zero
payload length.
25.38% [kernel] [k] __fib6_clean_all
21.63% [kernel] [k] ip6_parse_tlv
4.21% [kernel] [k] __local_bh_enable_ip
2.18% [kernel] [k] ip6_pol_route.isra.39
1.98% [kernel] [k] fib6_walk_continue
1.88% [kernel] [k] _raw_write_lock_bh
1.65% [kernel] [k] dst_release
This patch adds configurable limits to Destination and Hop-by-Hop
options. There are three limits that may be set:
- Limit the number of options in a Hop-by-Hop or Destination options
extension header.
- Limit the byte length of a Hop-by-Hop or Destination options
extension header.
- Disallow unrecognized options in a Hop-by-Hop or Destination
options extension header.
The limits are set in corresponding sysctls:
ipv6.sysctl.max_dst_opts_cnt
ipv6.sysctl.max_hbh_opts_cnt
ipv6.sysctl.max_dst_opts_len
ipv6.sysctl.max_hbh_opts_len
If a max_*_opts_cnt is less than zero then unknown TLVs are disallowed.
The number of known TLVs that are allowed is the absolute value of
this number.
If a limit is exceeded when processing an extension header the packet is
dropped.
Default values are set to 8 for options counts, and set to INT_MAX
for maximum length. Note the choice to limit options to 8 is an
arbitrary guess (roughly based on the fact that the stack supports
three HBH options and just one destination option).
These limits have being proposed in draft-ietf-6man-rfc6434-bis.
Tested (by Martin Lau)
I tested out 1 thread (i.e. one raw_udp process).
I changed the net.ipv6.max_dst_(opts|hbh)_number between 8 to 2048.
With sysctls setting to 2048, the softirq% is packed to 100%.
With 8, the softirq% is almost unnoticable from mpstat.
v2;
- Code and documention cleanup.
- Change references of RFC2460 to be RFC8200.
- Add reference to RFC6434-bis where the limits will be in standard.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@quantonium.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which
makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license.
By default all files without license information are under the default
license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2.
Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0'
SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding
shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text.
This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and
Philippe Ombredanne.
How this work was done:
Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of
the use cases:
- file had no licensing information it it.
- file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it,
- file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information,
Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases
where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license
had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords.
The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to
a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the
output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX
tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the
base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files.
The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files
assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner
results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s)
to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not
immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was:
- Files considered eligible had to be source code files.
- Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5
lines of source
- File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5
lines).
All documentation files were explicitly excluded.
The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license
identifiers to apply.
- when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was
considered to have no license information in it, and the top level
COPYING file license applied.
For non */uapi/* files that summary was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 11139
and resulted in the first patch in this series.
If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH
Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930
and resulted in the second patch in this series.
- if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one
of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if
any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in
it (per prior point). Results summary:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270
GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17
LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15
GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14
((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5
LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4
LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1
and that resulted in the third patch in this series.
- when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became
the concluded license(s).
- when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a
license but the other didn't, or they both detected different
licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred.
- In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file
resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and
which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics).
- When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was
confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
- If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier,
the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later
in time.
In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the
spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the
source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation
by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from
FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners
disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The
Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so
they are related.
Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets
for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the
files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks
in about 15000 files.
In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have
copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the
correct identifier.
Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual
inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch
version early this week with:
- a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected
license ids and scores
- reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+
files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct
- reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license
was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied
SPDX license was correct
This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This
worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the
different types of files to be modified.
These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to
parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the
format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg
based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to
distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different
comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to
generate the patches.
Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iG0EABECAC0WIQT0tgzFv3jCIUoxPcsxR9QN2y37KQUCWfswbQ8cZ3JlZ0Brcm9h
aC5jb20ACgkQMUfUDdst+ykvEwCfXU1MuYFQGgMdDmAZXEc+xFXZvqgAoKEcHDNA
6dVh26uchcEQLN/XqUDt
=x306
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'spdx_identifiers-4.14-rc8' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core
Pull initial SPDX identifiers from Greg KH:
"License cleanup: add SPDX license identifiers to some files
Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which
makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license.
By default all files without license information are under the default
license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2.
Update the files which contain no license information with the
'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally
binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate
text.
This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart
and Philippe Ombredanne.
How this work was done:
Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset
of the use cases:
- file had no licensing information it it.
- file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it,
- file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information,
Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases
where non-standard license headers were used, and references to
license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords.
The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied
to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of
the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver)
producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne.
Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review
of a few 1000 files.
The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537
files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the
scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license
identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any
determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with
the Linux Foundation.
Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was:
- Files considered eligible had to be source code files.
- Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained
>5 lines of source
- File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5
lines).
All documentation files were explicitly excluded.
The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license
identifiers to apply.
- when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was
considered to have no license information in it, and the top level
COPYING file license applied.
For non */uapi/* files that summary was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 11139
and resulted in the first patch in this series.
If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH
Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that
was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930
and resulted in the second patch in this series.
- if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one
of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if
any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in
it (per prior point). Results summary:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270
GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17
LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15
GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14
((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5
LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4
LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1
and that resulted in the third patch in this series.
- when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that
became the concluded license(s).
- when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected
a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different
licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred.
- In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file
resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply
(and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics).
- When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was
confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
- If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier,
the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later
in time.
In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the
spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the
source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases,
confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from
FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners
disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights.
The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in
part, so they are related.
Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets
for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the
files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot
checks in about 15000 files.
In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have
copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect
the correct identifier.
Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual
inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial
patch version early this week with:
- a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected
license ids and scores
- reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+
files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct
- reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch
license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the
applied SPDX license was correct
This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This
worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the
different types of files to be modified.
These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to
parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the
format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg
based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to
distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different
comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to
generate the patches.
Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>"
* tag 'spdx_identifiers-4.14-rc8' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core:
License cleanup: add SPDX license identifier to uapi header files with a license
License cleanup: add SPDX license identifier to uapi header files with no license
License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license
Fix call expiry handling in the following ways
(1) If all the request data from a client call is acked, don't send a
follow up IDLE ACK with firstPacket == 1 and previousPacket == 0 as
this appears to fool some servers into thinking everything has been
accepted.
(2) Never send an abort back to the server once it has ACK'd all the
request packets; rather just try to reuse the channel for the next
call. The first request DATA packet of the next call on the same
channel will implicitly ACK the entire reply of the dead call - even
if we haven't transmitted it yet.
(3) Don't send RX_CALL_TIMEOUT in an ABORT packet, librx uses abort codes
to pass local errors to the caller in addition to remote errors, and
this is meant to be local only.
The following also need to be addressed in future patches:
(4) Service calls should send PING ACKs as 'keep alives' if the server is
still processing the call.
(5) VERSION REPLY packets should be sent to the peers of service
connections to act as keep-alives. This is used to keep firewall
routes in place. The AFS CM should enable this.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
rxrpc_fill_out_ack() needs to be passed the connection pointer from its
caller rather than using call->conn as the call may be disconnected in
parallel with it, clearing call->conn, leading to:
BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at 0000000000000010
IP: rxrpc_send_ack_packet+0x231/0x6a4
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Place a spinlock around the invocation of call->notify_rx() for a kernel
service call and lock again when ending the call and replace the
notification pointer with a pointer to a dummy function.
This is required because it's possible for rxrpc_notify_socket() to be
called after the call has been ended by the kernel service if called from
the asynchronous work function rxrpc_process_call().
However, rxrpc_notify_socket() currently only holds the RCU read lock when
invoking ->notify_rx(), which means that the afs_call struct would need to
be disposed of by call_rcu() rather than by kfree().
But we shouldn't see any notifications from a call after calling
rxrpc_kernel_end_call(), so a lock is required in rxrpc code.
Without this, we may see the call wait queue as having a corrupt spinlock:
BUG: spinlock bad magic on CPU#0, kworker/0:2/1612
general protection fault: 0000 [#1] SMP
...
Workqueue: krxrpcd rxrpc_process_call
task: ffff88040b83c400 task.stack: ffff88040adfc000
RIP: 0010:spin_bug+0x161/0x18f
RSP: 0018:ffff88040adffcc0 EFLAGS: 00010002
RAX: 0000000000000032 RBX: 6b6b6b6b6b6b6b6b RCX: ffffffff81ab16cf
RDX: ffff88041fa14c01 RSI: ffff88041fa0ccb8 RDI: ffff88041fa0ccb8
RBP: ffff88040adffcd8 R08: 00000000ffffffff R09: 00000000ffffffff
R10: ffff88040adffc60 R11: 000000000000022c R12: ffff88040aca2208
R13: ffffffff81a58114 R14: 0000000000000000 R15: 0000000000000000
....
Call Trace:
do_raw_spin_lock+0x1d/0x89
_raw_spin_lock_irqsave+0x3d/0x49
? __wake_up_common_lock+0x4c/0xa7
__wake_up_common_lock+0x4c/0xa7
? __lock_is_held+0x47/0x7a
__wake_up+0xe/0x10
afs_wake_up_call_waiter+0x11b/0x122 [kafs]
rxrpc_notify_socket+0x12b/0x258
rxrpc_process_call+0x18e/0x7d0
process_one_work+0x298/0x4de
? rescuer_thread+0x280/0x280
worker_thread+0x1d1/0x2ae
? rescuer_thread+0x280/0x280
kthread+0x12c/0x134
? kthread_create_on_node+0x3a/0x3a
ret_from_fork+0x27/0x40
In this case, note the corrupt data in EBX. The address of the offending
afs_call is in R12, plus the offset to the spinlock.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
syzbot reports:
BUG: KASAN: use-after-free in __xfrm_state_lookup+0x695/0x6b0
Read of size 4 at addr ffff8801d434e538 by task syzkaller647520/2991
[..]
__xfrm_state_lookup+0x695/0x6b0 net/xfrm/xfrm_state.c:833
xfrm_state_lookup+0x8a/0x160 net/xfrm/xfrm_state.c:1592
xfrm_input+0x8e5/0x22f0 net/xfrm/xfrm_input.c:302
The use-after-free is the ipv4 destination address, which points
to an skb head area that has been reallocated:
pskb_expand_head+0x36b/0x1210 net/core/skbuff.c:1494
__pskb_pull_tail+0x14a/0x17c0 net/core/skbuff.c:1877
pskb_may_pull include/linux/skbuff.h:2102 [inline]
xfrm_parse_spi+0x3d3/0x4d0 net/xfrm/xfrm_input.c:170
xfrm_input+0xce2/0x22f0 net/xfrm/xfrm_input.c:291
so the real bug is that xfrm_parse_spi() uses pskb_may_pull, but
for now do smaller workaround that makes xfrm_input fetch daddr
after spi parsing.
Reported-by: syzbot <syzkaller@googlegroups.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which
makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license.
By default all files without license information are under the default
license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2.
Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0'
SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding
shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text.
This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and
Philippe Ombredanne.
How this work was done:
Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of
the use cases:
- file had no licensing information it it.
- file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it,
- file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information,
Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases
where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license
had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords.
The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to
a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the
output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX
tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the
base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files.
The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files
assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner
results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s)
to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not
immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was:
- Files considered eligible had to be source code files.
- Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5
lines of source
- File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5
lines).
All documentation files were explicitly excluded.
The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license
identifiers to apply.
- when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was
considered to have no license information in it, and the top level
COPYING file license applied.
For non */uapi/* files that summary was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 11139
and resulted in the first patch in this series.
If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH
Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930
and resulted in the second patch in this series.
- if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one
of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if
any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in
it (per prior point). Results summary:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270
GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17
LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15
GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14
((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5
LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4
LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1
and that resulted in the third patch in this series.
- when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became
the concluded license(s).
- when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a
license but the other didn't, or they both detected different
licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred.
- In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file
resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and
which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics).
- When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was
confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
- If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier,
the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later
in time.
In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the
spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the
source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation
by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from
FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners
disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The
Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so
they are related.
Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets
for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the
files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks
in about 15000 files.
In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have
copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the
correct identifier.
Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual
inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch
version early this week with:
- a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected
license ids and scores
- reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+
files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct
- reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license
was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied
SPDX license was correct
This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This
worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the
different types of files to be modified.
These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to
parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the
format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg
based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to
distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different
comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to
generate the patches.
Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter fixes for net
The following patchset contains two one-liner fixes for your net tree,
they are:
1) Disable fast hash operations for 2-bytes length keys which is leading
to incorrect lookups in nf_tables, from Anatole Denis.
2) Reload pointer ipv4 header after ip_route_me_harder() given this may
result in use-after-free due to skbuff header reallocation, patch
from Tejaswi Tanikella.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Average RTT could become zero. This happened in real life at least twice.
This patch treats zero as 1us.
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Khlebnikov <khlebnikov@yandex-team.ru>
Acked-by: Lawrence Brakmo <Brakmo@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since the only user, mlx5 driver does the check in
mlx5e_setup_tc_block_cb, no need to check here.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This restores the original behaviour before the block callbacks were
introduced. Allow the drivers to do binding of block always, no matter
if the NETIF_F_HW_TC feature is on or off. Move the check to the block
callback which is called for rule insertion.
Reported-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.duyck@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the bridge device doesn't generate any notifications upon vlan
modifications on itself because it doesn't use the generic bridge
notifications.
With the recent changes we know if anything was modified in the vlan config
thus we can generate a notification when necessary for the bridge device
so add support to br_ifinfo_notify() similar to how other combined
functions are done - if port is present it takes precedence, otherwise
notify about the bridge. I've explicitly marked the locations where the
notification should be always for the port by setting bridge to NULL.
I've also taken the liberty to rearrange each modified function's local
variables in reverse xmas tree as well.
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Smooth Cong Wang's bug fix into 'net-next'. Basically put
the bulk of the tcf_block_put() logic from 'net' into
tcf_block_put_ext(), but after the offload unbind.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2017-11-01
Here's one more bluetooth-next pull request for the 4.15 kernel.
- New NFA344A device entry for btusb drvier
- Fix race conditions in hci_ldisc
- Fix for isochronous interface assignments in btusb driver
- A few other smaller fixes & improvements
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The chip flood broadcast and unknown multicast frames.
On receive set skb->offload_fwd_mark to prevent the SW from flooding to the
same ports.
One exception: Because the ALR is set up to forward STP BPDUs only to CPU,
the SW bridge should flood STP BPDUs if local STP is not enabled.
This is archived by not setting skb->offload_fwd_mark on STP BPDUs.
Signed-off-by: Egil Hjelmeland <privat@egil-hjelmeland.no>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
STP BPDUs arriving on user ports must sent to CPU port only,
for processing by the SW bridge.
Add an ALR entry with STP state override to fix that.
Signed-off-by: Egil Hjelmeland <privat@egil-hjelmeland.no>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
lan9303_xmit_use_arl() introduced in previous patch set is wrong.
The chip flood broadcast and unknown multicast frames. The effect is that
broadcasts and multicasts are duplicated on egress. It is not possible to
configure the chip to direct unknown multicasts to CPU port only.
This means that only unicast frames can be transmitted using ALR lookup.
Signed-off-by: Egil Hjelmeland <privat@egil-hjelmeland.no>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
David reported breakages of VRF scenarios due to the
commit 6e617de84e ("net: avoid a full fib lookup when rp_filter is
disabled."): the local addresses based test is too strict when VRFs
are in place.
With this change we fall-back to a full lookup when custom fib rules
are in place; so that we address the VRF use case and possibly other
similar issues in non trivial setups.
v1 -> v2:
- fix build breakage when CONFIG_IP_MULTIPLE_TABLES is not defined,
reported by the kbuild test robot
Reported-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Fixes: 6e617de84e ("net: avoid a full fib lookup when rp_filter is disabled.")
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix to returnerror code -ENOMEM from the sctp_make_strreset_addstrm()
error handling case instead of 0. 'retval' can be overwritten to 0 after
call sctp_stream_alloc_out().
Fixes: e090abd0d8 ("sctp: factor out stream->out allocation")
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Based on SNMP values provided by Roman, Yuchung made the observation
that some crashes in tcp_sacktag_walk() might be caused by MTU probing.
Looking at tcp_mtu_probe(), I found that when a new skb was placed
in front of the write queue, we were not updating tcp highest sack.
If one skb is freed because all its content was copied to the new skb
(for MTU probing), then tp->highest_sack could point to a now freed skb.
Bad things would then happen, including infinite loops.
This patch renames tcp_highest_sack_combine() and uses it
from tcp_mtu_probe() to fix the bug.
Note that I also removed one test against tp->sacked_out,
since we want to replace tp->highest_sack regardless of whatever
condition, since keeping a stale pointer to freed skb is a recipe
for disaster.
Fixes: a47e5a988a ("[TCP]: Convert highest_sack to sk_buff to allow direct access")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Alexei Starovoitov <alexei.starovoitov@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Roman Gushchin <guro@fb.com>
Reported-by: Oleksandr Natalenko <oleksandr@natalenko.name>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch updates the error messages displayed in kernel log to include
hwaddress of the source machine that caused ipv6 duplicate address
detection failures.
Examples:
a) When we receive a NA packet from another machine advertising our
address:
ICMPv6: NA: 34🆎cd:56:11:e8 advertised our address 2001:db8:: on eth0!
b) When we detect DAD failure during address assignment to an interface:
IPv6: eth0: IPv6 duplicate address 2001:db8:: used by 34🆎cd:56:11:e8
detected!
v2:
Changed %pI6 to %pI6c in ndisc_recv_na()
Chaged the v6 address in the commit message to 2001:db8::
Suggested-by: Igor Lubashev <ilubashe@akamai.com>
Signed-off-by: Vishwanath Pai <vpai@akamai.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough, mark switch cases
where we are expecting to fall through.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <garsilva@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Code refactoring in order to make the code easier to read and maintain.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <garsilva@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
niph is not updated after pskb_expand_head changes the skb head. It
still points to the freed data, which is then used to update tot_len and
checksum. This could cause use-after-free poison crash.
Update niph, if ip_route_me_harder does not fail.
This only affects the interaction with REJECT targets and br_netfilter.
Signed-off-by: Tejaswi Tanikella <tejaswit@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net): ipsec 2017-11-01
1) Fix a memleak when a packet matches a policy
without a matching state.
2) Reset the socket cached dst_entry when inserting
a socket policy, otherwise the policy might be
ignored. From Jonathan Basseri.
3) Fix GSO for a IPsec, GRE tunnel combination.
We reset the encapsulation field at the skb
too erly, as a result GRE does not segment
GSO packets. Fix this by resetting the the
encapsulation field right before the
transformation where the inner headers get
invalid.
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to
all timer callbacks, switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer()
to pass the timer pointer explicitly.
Cc: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Cc: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: tipc-discussion@lists.sourceforge.net
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using SIT tunnels with VRFs works fine if the underlay device is in a
VRF and the link parameter is set to the VRF device. e.g.,
ip tunnel add jtun mode sit remote <addr> local <addr> dev myvrf
Update the device check to allow the link to be the enslaved device as
well. e.g.,
ip tunnel add jtun mode sit remote <addr> local <addr> dev eth4
where eth4 is enslaved to myvrf.
Reported-by: Jeff Barnhill <0xeffeff@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add an entry for IFLA_BRPORT_NEIGH_SUPPRESS to bridge port policies.
Fixes: 821f1b21ca ("bridge: add new BR_NEIGH_SUPPRESS port flag to suppress arp and nd flood")
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For the time being I will be available in my private mail. Update both the
MAINTAINERS file and the individual modules MODULE_AUTHOR directive with
the new address.
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotam.gi@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <yuvalm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net-next): ipsec-next 2017-10-30
1) Change some variables that can't be negative
from int to unsigned int. From Alexey Dobriyan.
2) Remove a redundant header initialization in esp6.
From Colin Ian King.
3) Some BUG to BUG_ON conversions.
From Gustavo A. R. Silva.
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make use of the swap macro and remove unnecessary variable tmp.
This makes the code easier to read and maintain.
This code was detected with the help of Coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <garsilva@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make use of the swap macro and remove unnecessary variable tmp.
This makes the code easier to read and maintain.
This code was detected with the help of Coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <garsilva@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make use of the swap macro and remove unnecessary variable tmp.
This makes the code easier to read and maintain.
This code was detected with the help of Coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <garsilva@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Unlike ipip and gre, ip_vti never uses err_count in vti4_err,
so no need to check err_count in vti_xmit, it's value always 0.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add extack to fib_notifier_info and plumb through stack to
call_fib_rule_notifiers, call_fib_entry_notifiers and
call_fib6_entry_notifiers. This allows notifer handlers to
return messages to user.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The NLMSGERR API already carries data (eg, a cookie) on the success path.
Allow a message string to be returned as well.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that slave dsa_port always have their name set, there is no need to
pass it to dsa_slave_create() anymore. Remove this argument.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Get the optional "label" property and assign a default one directly at
parse time instead of doing it when creating the slave.
For legacy, simply assign the port name stored in cd->port_names.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fetching the master device can be done directly when a port is parsed
from device tree or pdata, instead of waiting until dsa_dst_parse.
Now that -EPROBE_DEFER is returned before we add the switch to the tree,
there is no need to check for this error after dsa_dst_parse.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Assign a port's type at parsed time instead of waiting for the tree to
be completed.
Because this is now done earlier, we can use the port's type in
dsa_port_is_* helpers instead of digging again in topology description.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add symmetrical DSA port parsing functions for pdata and device tree,
used to parse and validate a given port node or platform data.
They don't do much for the moment but will be extended later on to
assign a port type and get device references.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no point into hiding the -EINVAL error code in ERR_PTR from a
dsa_get_ports function, simply get the "ports" node directly from within
the dsa_parse_ports_dn function.
This also has the effect to make the pdata and device tree handling code
symmetrical inside _dsa_register_switch.
At the same time, rename dsa_parse_ports_dn to dsa_parse_ports_of
because _of is a more common suffix for device tree parsing functions.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2017-10-31
This series contains updates to i40e, i40evf and net/sched.
Arnd Bergmann cleans up the power management code to resolve a build
warning.
Shannon Nelson fixes i40e to only redistribute our vectors when we did
not get the full count that we requested.
Alex reverts a previous commit because it potentially causes a memory leak
when combined with the current page recycling scheme.
Amritha enables configuring cloud filters in i40e using the tc-flower
classifier. The classification function of the filter is to match a
packet to a traffic class. cls_flower is extended to offload classid to
hardware. Hardware traffic classes are identified using classid values
reserved in the range :ffe0 - :ffef.
The cloud filters are added for a VSI and are cleaned up when the VSI is
deleted. The filters that match on L4 ports needs enhanced admin queue
functions with big buffer support for extended fields in cloud filter
commands.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With conversion to refcount_t, such manual debugging code doesn't make
sense anymore.
The tunnel part was already dropped by
54652eb12c ("l2tp: hold tunnel while looking up sessions in l2tp_netlink").
Signed-off-by: Guillaume Nault <g.nault@alphalink.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ->ref() and ->deref() callbacks are unused since PPP stopped using
them in ee40fb2e1e ("l2tp: protect sock pointer of struct pppol2tp_session with RCU").
We can thus remove them from struct l2tp_session and drop the do_ref
parameter of l2tp_session_get*().
Signed-off-by: Guillaume Nault <g.nault@alphalink.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch offloads the classid to hardware and uses the classid
reserved in the range :ffe0 - :ffef to identify hardware traffic
classes reported via dev->num_tc.
tcf_result structure contains the class ID of the class to which
the packet belongs and is offloaded to hardware via flower filter.
A new helper function is introduced to represent HW traffic
classes 0 through 15 using the reserved classid values :ffe0 - :ffef.
Signed-off-by: Amritha Nambiar <amritha.nambiar@intel.com>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Several function prototypes for the set/get functions defined by
module_param_call() have a slightly wrong argument types. This fixes
those in an effort to clean up the calls when running under type-enforced
compiler instrumentation for CFI. This is the result of running the
following semantic patch:
@match_module_param_call_function@
declarer name module_param_call;
identifier _name, _set_func, _get_func;
expression _arg, _mode;
@@
module_param_call(_name, _set_func, _get_func, _arg, _mode);
@fix_set_prototype
depends on match_module_param_call_function@
identifier match_module_param_call_function._set_func;
identifier _val, _param;
type _val_type, _param_type;
@@
int _set_func(
-_val_type _val
+const char * _val
,
-_param_type _param
+const struct kernel_param * _param
) { ... }
@fix_get_prototype
depends on match_module_param_call_function@
identifier match_module_param_call_function._get_func;
identifier _val, _param;
type _val_type, _param_type;
@@
int _get_func(
-_val_type _val
+char * _val
,
-_param_type _param
+const struct kernel_param * _param
) { ... }
Two additional by-hand changes are included for places where the above
Coccinelle script didn't notice them:
drivers/platform/x86/thinkpad_acpi.c
fs/lockd/svc.c
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Jessica Yu <jeyu@kernel.org>
We reset the encapsulation field of the skb too early
in xfrm_output. As a result, the GRE GSO handler does
not segment the packets. This leads to a performance
drop down. We fix this by resetting the encapsulation
field right before we do the transformation, when
the inner headers become invalid.
Fixes: f1bd7d659e ("xfrm: Add encapsulation header offsets while SKB is not encrypted")
Reported-by: Vicente De Luca <vdeluca@zendesk.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
In commit 7aa0045dad ("net_sched: introduce a workqueue for RCU callbacks of tc filter")
I defer tcf_chain_flush() to a workqueue, this causes a use-after-free
because qdisc is already destroyed after we queue this work.
The tcf_block_put_deferred() is no longer necessary after we get RTNL
for each tc filter destroy work, no others could jump in at this point.
Same for tcf_chain_hold(), we are fully serialized now.
This also reduces one indirection therefore makes the code more
readable. Note this brings back a rcu_barrier(), however comparing
to the code prior to commit 7aa0045dad we still reduced one
rcu_barrier(). For net-next, we can consider to refcnt tcf block to
avoid it.
Fixes: 7aa0045dad ("net_sched: introduce a workqueue for RCU callbacks of tc filter")
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use l2tp_tunnel_get() in pppol2tp_connect() to ensure the tunnel isn't
going to disappear while processing the rest of the function.
Fixes: fd558d186d ("l2tp: Split pppol2tp patch into separate l2tp and ppp parts")
Signed-off-by: Guillaume Nault <g.nault@alphalink.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
bpf_getsockopt bpf call sets the ret variable to zero and
never changes it. What's worse in case CONFIG_INET is
not selected the variable is completely unused generating
a warning.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Lawrence Brakmo <brakmo@fb.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Several conflicts here.
NFP driver bug fix adding nfp_netdev_is_nfp_repr() check to
nfp_fl_output() needed some adjustments because the code block is in
an else block now.
Parallel additions to net/pkt_cls.h and net/sch_generic.h
A bug fix in __tcp_retransmit_skb() conflicted with some of
the rbtree changes in net-next.
The tc action RCU callback fixes in 'net' had some overlap with some
of the recent tcf_block reworking.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case of using BT_ERR and BT_INFO, convert to bt_dev_err and
bt_dev_info when possible. This allows for controller specific
reporting.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Mart reported a deadlock in -RT in the call path:
hci_send_monitor_ctrl_event() -> hci_send_to_channel()
because both functions acquire the same read lock hci_sk_list.lock. This
is also a mainline issue because the qrwlock implementation is writer
fair (the traditional rwlock implementation is reader biased).
To avoid the deadlock there is now __hci_send_to_channel() which expects
the readlock to be held.
Fixes: 38ceaa00d0 ("Bluetooth: Add support for sending MGMT commands and events to monitor")
Reported-by: Mart van de Wege <mvdwege@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Fix route leak in xfrm_bundle_create().
2) In mac80211, validate user rate mask before configuring it. From
Johannes Berg.
3) Properly enforce memory limits in fair queueing code, from Toke
Hoiland-Jorgensen.
4) Fix lockdep splat in inet_csk_route_req(), from Eric Dumazet.
5) Fix TSO header allocation and management in mvpp2 driver, from Yan
Markman.
6) Don't take socket lock in BH handler in strparser code, from Tom
Herbert.
7) Don't show sockets from other namespaces in AF_UNIX code, from
Andrei Vagin.
8) Fix double free in error path of tap_open(), from Girish Moodalbail.
9) Fix TX map failure path in igb and ixgbe, from Jean-Philippe Brucker
and Alexander Duyck.
10) Fix DCB mode programming in stmmac driver, from Jose Abreu.
11) Fix err_count handling in various tunnels (ipip, ip6_gre). From Xin
Long.
12) Properly align SKB head before building SKB in tuntap, from Jason
Wang.
13) Avoid matching qdiscs with a zero handle during lookups, from Cong
Wang.
14) Fix various endianness bugs in sctp, from Xin Long.
15) Fix tc filter callback races and add selftests which trigger the
problem, from Cong Wang.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (73 commits)
selftests: Introduce a new test case to tc testsuite
selftests: Introduce a new script to generate tc batch file
net_sched: fix call_rcu() race on act_sample module removal
net_sched: add rtnl assertion to tcf_exts_destroy()
net_sched: use tcf_queue_work() in tcindex filter
net_sched: use tcf_queue_work() in rsvp filter
net_sched: use tcf_queue_work() in route filter
net_sched: use tcf_queue_work() in u32 filter
net_sched: use tcf_queue_work() in matchall filter
net_sched: use tcf_queue_work() in fw filter
net_sched: use tcf_queue_work() in flower filter
net_sched: use tcf_queue_work() in flow filter
net_sched: use tcf_queue_work() in cgroup filter
net_sched: use tcf_queue_work() in bpf filter
net_sched: use tcf_queue_work() in basic filter
net_sched: introduce a workqueue for RCU callbacks of tc filter
sctp: fix some type cast warnings introduced since very beginning
sctp: fix a type cast warnings that causes a_rwnd gets the wrong value
sctp: fix some type cast warnings introduced by transport rhashtable
sctp: fix some type cast warnings introduced by stream reconf
...
Similar to commit c78e1746d3
("net: sched: fix call_rcu() race on classifier module unloads"),
we need to wait for flying RCU callback tcf_sample_cleanup_rcu().
Cc: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After previous patches, it is now safe to claim that
tcf_exts_destroy() is always called with RTNL lock.
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Defer the tcf_exts_destroy() in RCU callback to
tc filter workqueue and get RTNL lock.
Reported-by: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Defer the tcf_exts_destroy() in RCU callback to
tc filter workqueue and get RTNL lock.
Reported-by: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Defer the tcf_exts_destroy() in RCU callback to
tc filter workqueue and get RTNL lock.
Reported-by: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Defer the tcf_exts_destroy() in RCU callback to
tc filter workqueue and get RTNL lock.
Reported-by: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Defer the tcf_exts_destroy() in RCU callback to
tc filter workqueue and get RTNL lock.
Reported-by: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Defer the tcf_exts_destroy() in RCU callback to
tc filter workqueue and get RTNL lock.
Reported-by: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Defer the tcf_exts_destroy() in RCU callback to
tc filter workqueue and get RTNL lock.
Reported-by: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Defer the tcf_exts_destroy() in RCU callback to
tc filter workqueue and get RTNL lock.
Reported-by: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Defer the tcf_exts_destroy() in RCU callback to
tc filter workqueue and get RTNL lock.
Reported-by: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Defer the tcf_exts_destroy() in RCU callback to
tc filter workqueue and get RTNL lock.
Reported-by: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Defer the tcf_exts_destroy() in RCU callback to
tc filter workqueue and get RTNL lock.
Reported-by: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces a dedicated workqueue for tc filters
so that each tc filter's RCU callback could defer their
action destroy work to this workqueue. The helper
tcf_queue_work() is introduced for them to use.
Because we hold RTNL lock when calling tcf_block_put(), we
can not simply flush works inside it, therefore we have to
defer it again to this workqueue and make sure all flying RCU
callbacks have already queued their work before this one, in
other words, to ensure this is the last one to execute to
prevent any use-after-free.
On the other hand, this makes tcf_block_put() ugly and
harder to understand. Since David and Eric strongly dislike
adding synchronize_rcu(), this is probably the only
solution that could make everyone happy.
Please also see the code comments below.
Reported-by: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If command is added to req then it should be freed in case if
hdev is down or HCI_ADVERTISING flag is set.
This introduces a helper in hci_request to purge the cmd_q
to make cmd_q internal to hci_request which is used to fix
the leak.
This also replace accessing of cmd_q in hci_conn with the
new helper.
Signed-off-by: Jaganath Kanakkassery <jaganathx.kanakkassery@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
These warnings were found by running 'make C=2 M=net/sctp/'.
They are there since very beginning.
Note after this patch, there still one warning left in
sctp_outq_flush():
sctp_chunk_fail(chunk, SCTP_ERROR_INV_STRM)
Since it has been moved to sctp_stream_outq_migrate on net-next,
to avoid the extra job when merging net-next to net, I will post
the fix for it after the merging is done.
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These warnings were found by running 'make C=2 M=net/sctp/'.
Commit d4d6fb5787 ("sctp: Try not to change a_rwnd when faking a
SACK from SHUTDOWN.") expected to use the peers old rwnd and add
our flight size to the a_rwnd. But with the wrong Endian, it may
not work as well as expected.
So fix it by converting to the right value.
Fixes: d4d6fb5787 ("sctp: Try not to change a_rwnd when faking a SACK from SHUTDOWN.")
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These warnings were found by running 'make C=2 M=net/sctp/'.
They are introduced by not aware of Endian for the port when
coding transport rhashtable patches.
Fixes: 7fda702f93 ("sctp: use new rhlist interface on sctp transport rhashtable")
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These warnings were found by running 'make C=2 M=net/sctp/'.
They are introduced by not aware of Endian when coding stream
reconf patches.
Since commit c0d8bab6ae ("sctp: add get and set sockopt for
reconf_enable") enabled stream reconf feature for users, the
Fixes tag below would use it.
Fixes: c0d8bab6ae ("sctp: add get and set sockopt for reconf_enable")
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Davide found the following script triggers a NULL pointer
dereference:
ip l a name eth0 type dummy
tc q a dev eth0 parent :1 handle 1: htb
This is because for a freshly created netdevice noop_qdisc
is attached and when passing 'parent :1', kernel actually
tries to match the major handle which is 0 and noop_qdisc
has handle 0 so is matched by mistake. Commit 69012ae425
tries to fix a similar bug but still misses this case.
Handle 0 is not a valid one, should be just skipped. In
fact, kernel uses it as TC_H_UNSPEC.
Fixes: 69012ae425 ("net: sched: fix handling of singleton qdiscs with qdisc_hash")
Fixes: 59cc1f61f0 ("net: sched:convert qdisc linked list to hashtable")
Reported-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Cc: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cached routes should only be created by the system when receiving pmtu
discovery or ip redirect msg. Users should not be allowed to create
cached routes.
Furthermore, after the patch series to move cached routes into exception
table, user added cached routes will trigger the following warning in
fib6_add():
WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 2985 at net/ipv6/ip6_fib.c:1137
fib6_add+0x20d9/0x2c10 net/ipv6/ip6_fib.c:1137
Kernel panic - not syncing: panic_on_warn set ...
CPU: 0 PID: 2985 Comm: syzkaller320388 Not tainted 4.14.0-rc3+ #74
Hardware name: Google Google Compute Engine/Google Compute Engine, BIOS Google 01/01/2011
Call Trace:
__dump_stack lib/dump_stack.c:16 [inline]
dump_stack+0x194/0x257 lib/dump_stack.c:52
panic+0x1e4/0x417 kernel/panic.c:181
__warn+0x1c4/0x1d9 kernel/panic.c:542
report_bug+0x211/0x2d0 lib/bug.c:183
fixup_bug+0x40/0x90 arch/x86/kernel/traps.c:178
do_trap_no_signal arch/x86/kernel/traps.c:212 [inline]
do_trap+0x260/0x390 arch/x86/kernel/traps.c:261
do_error_trap+0x120/0x390 arch/x86/kernel/traps.c:298
do_invalid_op+0x1b/0x20 arch/x86/kernel/traps.c:311
invalid_op+0x18/0x20 arch/x86/entry/entry_64.S:905
RIP: 0010:fib6_add+0x20d9/0x2c10 net/ipv6/ip6_fib.c:1137
RSP: 0018:ffff8801cf09f6a0 EFLAGS: 00010297
RAX: ffff8801ce45e340 RBX: 1ffff10039e13eec RCX: ffff8801d749c814
RDX: 0000000000000000 RSI: ffff8801d749c700 RDI: ffff8801d749c780
RBP: ffff8801cf09fa08 R08: 0000000000000000 R09: ffff8801cf09f360
R10: ffff8801cf09f2d8 R11: 1ffff10039c8befb R12: 0000000000000001
R13: dffffc0000000000 R14: ffff8801d749c700 R15: ffffffff860655c0
__ip6_ins_rt+0x6c/0x90 net/ipv6/route.c:1011
ip6_route_add+0x148/0x1a0 net/ipv6/route.c:2782
ipv6_route_ioctl+0x4d5/0x690 net/ipv6/route.c:3291
inet6_ioctl+0xef/0x1e0 net/ipv6/af_inet6.c:521
sock_do_ioctl+0x65/0xb0 net/socket.c:961
sock_ioctl+0x2c2/0x440 net/socket.c:1058
vfs_ioctl fs/ioctl.c:45 [inline]
do_vfs_ioctl+0x1b1/0x1530 fs/ioctl.c:685
SYSC_ioctl fs/ioctl.c:700 [inline]
SyS_ioctl+0x8f/0xc0 fs/ioctl.c:691
entry_SYSCALL_64_fastpath+0x1f/0xbe
So we fix this by failing the attemp to add cached routes from userspace
with returning EINVAL error.
Fixes: 2b760fcf5c ("ipv6: hook up exception table to store dst cache")
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now when migrating sock to another one in sctp_sock_migrate(), it only
resets owner sk for the data in receive queues, not the chunks on out
queues.
It would cause that data chunks length on the sock is not consistent
with sk sk_wmem_alloc. When closing the sock or freeing these chunks,
the old sk would never be freed, and the new sock may crash due to
the overflow sk_wmem_alloc.
syzbot found this issue with this series:
r0 = socket$inet_sctp()
sendto$inet(r0)
listen(r0)
accept4(r0)
close(r0)
Although listen() should have returned error when one TCP-style socket
is in connecting (I may fix this one in another patch), it could also
be reproduced by peeling off an assoc.
This issue is there since very beginning.
This patch is to reset owner sk for the chunks on out queues so that
sk sk_wmem_alloc has correct value after accept one sock or peeloff
an assoc to one sock.
Note that when resetting owner sk for chunks on outqueue, it has to
sctp_clear_owner_w/skb_orphan chunks before changing assoc->base.sk
first and then sctp_set_owner_w them after changing assoc->base.sk,
due to that sctp_wfree and it's callees are using assoc->base.sk.
Reported-by: Dmitry Vyukov <dvyukov@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
1GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2017-10-27
This patchset is a proposal of how the Traffic Control subsystem can
be used to offload the configuration of the Credit Based Shaper
(defined in the IEEE 802.1Q-2014 Section 8.6.8.2) into supported
network devices.
As part of this work, we've assessed previous public discussions
related to TSN enabling: patches from Henrik Austad (Cisco), the
presentation from Eric Mann at Linux Plumbers 2012, patches from
Gangfeng Huang (National Instruments) and the current state of the
OpenAVNU project (https://github.com/AVnu/OpenAvnu/).
Overview
========
Time-sensitive Networking (TSN) is a set of standards that aim to
address resources availability for providing bandwidth reservation and
bounded latency on Ethernet based LANs. The proposal described here
aims to cover mainly what is needed to enable the following standards:
802.1Qat and 802.1Qav.
The initial target of this work is the Intel i210 NIC, but other
controllers' datasheet were also taken into account, like the Renesas
RZ/A1H RZ/A1M group and the Synopsis DesignWare Ethernet QoS
controller.
Proposal
========
Feature-wise, what is covered here is the configuration interfaces for
HW implementations of the Credit-Based shaper (CBS, 802.1Qav). CBS is
a per-queue shaper. Given that this feature is related to traffic
shaping, and that the traffic control subsystem already provides a
queueing discipline that offloads config into the device driver (i.e.
mqprio), designing a new qdisc for the specific purpose of offloading
the config for the CBS shaper seemed like a good fit.
For steering traffic into the correct queues, we use the socket option
SO_PRIORITY and then a mechanism to map priority to traffic classes /
Tx queues. The qdisc mqprio is currently used in our tests.
As for the CBS config interface, this patchset is proposing a new
qdisc called 'cbs'. Its 'tc' cmd line is:
$ tc qdisc add dev IFACE parent ID cbs locredit N hicredit M sendslope S \
idleslope I
Note that the parameters for this qdisc are the ones defined by the
802.1Q-2014 spec, so no hardware specific functionality is exposed here.
Per-stream shaping, as defined by IEEE 802.1Q-2014 Section 34.6.1, is
not yet covered by this proposal.
v2: Merged patch 6 of the original series into patch 4 based on feedback
from David Miller.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Recent additions to support multiple programs in cgroups impose
a strict requirement, "all yes is yes, any no is no". To enforce
this the infrastructure requires the 'no' return code, SK_DROP in
this case, to be 0.
To apply these rules to SK_SKB program types the sk_actions return
codes need to be adjusted.
This fix adds SK_PASS and makes 'SK_DROP = 0'. Finally, remove
SK_ABORTED to remove any chance that the API may allow aborted
program flows to be passed up the stack. This would be incorrect
behavior and allow programs to break existing policies.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SK_SKB program types use bpf_compute_data to store the end of the
packet data. However, bpf_compute_data assumes the cb is stored in the
qdisc layer format. But, for SK_SKB this is the wrong layer of the
stack for this type.
It happens to work (sort of!) because in most cases nothing happens
to be overwritten today. This is very fragile and error prone.
Fortunately, we have another hole in tcp_skb_cb we can use so lets
put the data_end value there.
Note, SK_SKB program types do not use data_meta, they are failed by
sk_skb_is_valid_access().
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
pppol2tp_connect() initialises L2TP sessions after they've been exposed
to the rest of the system by l2tp_session_register(). This puts
sessions into transient states that are the source of several races, in
particular with session's deletion path.
This patch centralises the initialisation code into
pppol2tp_session_init(), which is called before the registration phase.
The only field that can't be set before session registration is the
pppol2tp socket pointer, which has already been converted to RCU. So
pppol2tp_connect() should now be race-free.
The session's .session_close() callback is now set before registration.
Therefore, it's always called when l2tp_core deletes the session, even
if it was created by pppol2tp_session_create() and hasn't been plugged
to a pppol2tp socket yet. That'd prevent session free because the extra
reference taken by pppol2tp_session_close() wouldn't be dropped by the
socket's ->sk_destruct() callback (pppol2tp_session_destruct()).
We could set .session_close() only while connecting a session to its
pppol2tp socket, or teach pppol2tp_session_close() to avoid grabbing a
reference when the session isn't connected, but that'd require adding
some form of synchronisation to be race free.
Instead of that, we can just let the pppol2tp socket hold a reference
on the session as soon as it starts depending on it (that is, in
pppol2tp_connect()). Then we don't need to utilise
pppol2tp_session_close() to hold a reference at the last moment to
prevent l2tp_core from dropping it.
When releasing the socket, pppol2tp_release() now deletes the session
using the standard l2tp_session_delete() function, instead of merely
removing it from hash tables. l2tp_session_delete() drops the reference
the sessions holds on itself, but also makes sure it doesn't remove a
session twice. So it can safely be called, even if l2tp_core already
tried, or is concurrently trying, to remove the session.
Finally, pppol2tp_session_destruct() drops the reference held by the
socket.
Fixes: fd558d186d ("l2tp: Split pppol2tp patch into separate l2tp and ppp parts")
Signed-off-by: Guillaume Nault <g.nault@alphalink.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
pppol2tp_session_create() registers sessions that can't have their
corresponding socket initialised. This socket has to be created by
userspace, then connected to the session by pppol2tp_connect().
Therefore, we need to protect the pppol2tp socket pointer of L2TP
sessions, so that it can safely be updated when userspace is connecting
or closing the socket. This will eventually allow pppol2tp_connect()
to avoid generating transient states while initialising its parts of the
session.
To this end, this patch protects the pppol2tp socket pointer using RCU.
The pppol2tp socket pointer is still set in pppol2tp_connect(), but
only once we know the function isn't going to fail. It's eventually
reset by pppol2tp_release(), which now has to wait for a grace period
to elapse before it can drop the last reference on the socket. This
ensures that pppol2tp_session_get_sock() can safely grab a reference
on the socket, even after ps->sk is reset to NULL but before this
operation actually gets visible from pppol2tp_session_get_sock().
The rest is standard RCU conversion: pppol2tp_recv(), which already
runs in atomic context, is simply enclosed by rcu_read_lock() and
rcu_read_unlock(), while other functions are converted to use
pppol2tp_session_get_sock() followed by sock_put().
pppol2tp_session_setsockopt() is a special case. It used to retrieve
the pppol2tp socket from the L2TP session, which itself was retrieved
from the pppol2tp socket. Therefore we can just avoid dereferencing
ps->sk and directly use the original socket pointer instead.
With all users of ps->sk now handling NULL and concurrent updates, the
L2TP ->ref() and ->deref() callbacks aren't needed anymore. Therefore,
rather than converting pppol2tp_session_sock_hold() and
pppol2tp_session_sock_put(), we can just drop them.
Signed-off-by: Guillaume Nault <g.nault@alphalink.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Sessions must be initialised before being made externally visible by
l2tp_session_register(). Otherwise the session may be concurrently
deleted before being initialised, which can confuse the deletion path
and eventually lead to kernel oops.
Therefore, we need to move l2tp_session_register() down in
l2tp_eth_create(), but also handle the intermediate step where only the
session or the netdevice has been registered.
We can't just call l2tp_session_register() in ->ndo_init() because
we'd have no way to properly undo this operation in ->ndo_uninit().
Instead, let's register the session and the netdevice in two different
steps and protect the session's device pointer with RCU.
And now that we allow the session's .dev field to be NULL, we don't
need to prevent the netdevice from being removed anymore. So we can
drop the dev_hold() and dev_put() calls in l2tp_eth_create() and
l2tp_eth_dev_uninit().
Fixes: d9e31d17ce ("l2tp: Add L2TP ethernet pseudowire support")
Signed-off-by: Guillaume Nault <g.nault@alphalink.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Sessions created by l2tp_session_create() aren't fully initialised:
some pseudo-wire specific operations need to be done before making the
session usable. Therefore the PPP and Ethernet pseudo-wires continue
working on the returned l2tp session while it's already been exposed to
the rest of the system.
This can lead to various issues. In particular, the session may enter
the deletion process before having been fully initialised, which will
confuse the session removal code.
This patch moves session registration out of l2tp_session_create(), so
that callers can control when the session is exposed to the rest of the
system. This is done by the new l2tp_session_register() function.
Only pppol2tp_session_create() can be easily converted to avoid
modifying its session after registration (the debug message is dropped
in order to avoid the need for holding a reference on the session).
For pppol2tp_connect() and l2tp_eth_create()), more work is needed.
That'll be done in followup patches. For now, let's just register the
session right after its creation, like it was done before. The only
difference is that we can easily take a reference on the session before
registering it, so, at least, we're sure it's not going to be freed
while we're working on it.
Signed-off-by: Guillaume Nault <g.nault@alphalink.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This causes build failures:
In file included from net/ipv4/tcp_input.c:79:0:
./include/linux/unaligned/access_ok.h:7:28: error: redefinition of
'get_unaligned_le16'
In file included from ./include/asm-generic/unaligned.h:17:0,
from ./arch/arm/include/generated/asm/unaligned.h:1,
from net/ipv4/tcp_input.c:76:
./include/linux/unaligned/le_struct.h:6:19: note: previous definition
of 'get_unaligned_le16' was here
In file included from net/ipv4/tcp_input.c:79:0:
./include/linux/unaligned/access_ok.h:12:28: error: redefinition of
'get_unaligned_le32'
Plain "asm/access_ok.h", which is already included, is
sufficient.
Fixes: 60e2a77807 ("tcp: TCP experimental option for SMC")
Reported-by: Egil Hjelmeland <privat@egil-hjelmeland.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before this patch there was no way to tell if the vlan add operation
actually changed anything, thus we would always generate a notification
on adds. Let's make the notifications more precise and generate them
only if anything changed, so use the new bool parameter to signal that the
vlan was updated. We cannot return an error because there are valid use
cases that will be broken (e.g. overlapping range add) and also we can't
risk masking errors due to calls into drivers for vlan add which can
potentially return anything.
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Toshiaki Makita <makita.toshiaki@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before this patch we had cases that either sent notifications when there
were in fact no changes (e.g. non-existent vlan delete) or didn't send
notifications when there were changes (e.g. vlan add range with an error in
the middle, port flags change + vlan update error). This patch sends down
a boolean to the functions setlink/dellink use and if there is even a
single configuration change (port flag, vlan add/del, port state) then
we always send a notification. This is all done to keep backwards
compatibility with the opportunistic vlan delete, where one could
specify a vlan range that has missing vlans inside and still everything
in that range will be cleared, this is mostly used to clear the whole
vlan config with a single call, i.e. range 1-4094.
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Also remove an obsolete comment about TCP pacing.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the unlikely event tcp_mtu_probe() is sending a packet, we
want tp->tcp_mstamp being as accurate as possible.
This means we need to call tcp_mstamp_refresh() a bit earlier in
tcp_write_xmit().
Fixes: 385e20706f ("tcp: use tp->tcp_mstamp in output path")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
make use of the swap macro and remove unnecessary variable tmp_addr.
This makes the code easier to read and maintain.
This code was detected with the help of Coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <garsilva@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The new bindings (dsa2.c) and the old bindings (legacy.c) share two
helpers dsa_cpu_dsa_setup and dsa_cpu_dsa_destroy, used to register or
deregister a fixed PHY if a given port has a corresponding device node.
Unclutter the code by moving them into two new port.c helpers,
dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of and dsa_port_fixed_link_(un)register_of.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds support for offloading the CBS algorithm to the controller,
if supported. Drivers wanting to support CBS offload must implement
the .ndo_setup_tc callback and handle the TC_SETUP_CBS (introduced
here) type.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Henrik Austad <henrik@austad.us>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This queueing discipline implements the shaper algorithm defined by
the 802.1Q-2014 Section 8.6.8.2 and detailed in Annex L.
It's primary usage is to apply some bandwidth reservation to user
defined traffic classes, which are mapped to different queues via the
mqprio qdisc.
Only a simple software implementation is added for now.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesus Sanchez-Palencia <jesus.sanchez-palencia@intel.com>
Tested-by: Henrik Austad <henrik@austad.us>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When replacing a child qdisc from mqprio, tc_modify_qdisc() must fetch
the netdev_queue pointer that the current child qdisc is associated
with before creating the new qdisc.
Currently, when using mqprio as root qdisc, the kernel will end up
getting the queue #0 pointer from the mqprio (root qdisc), which leaves
any new child qdisc with a possibly wrong netdev_queue pointer.
Implementing the Qdisc_class_ops select_queue() on mqprio fixes this
issue and avoid an inconsistent state when child qdiscs are replaced.
Signed-off-by: Jesus Sanchez-Palencia <jesus.sanchez-palencia@intel.com>
Tested-by: Henrik Austad <henrik@austad.us>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently, the class_ops select_queue() implementation on sch_mq
returns a pointer to netdev_queue #0 when it receives and invalid
qdisc id. That can be misleading since all of mq's inner qdiscs are
attached to a valid netdev_queue.
Here we fix that by returning NULL when a qdisc id is invalid. This is
aligned with how select_queue() is implemented for sch_mqprio in the
next patch on this series, keeping a consistent behavior between these
two qdiscs.
Signed-off-by: Jesus Sanchez-Palencia <jesus.sanchez-palencia@intel.com>
Tested-by: Henrik Austad <henrik@austad.us>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In qdisc_alloc() the dev_queue pointer was used without any checks
being performed. If qdisc_create() gets a null dev_queue pointer, it
just passes it along to qdisc_alloc(), leading to a crash. That
happens if a root qdisc implements select_queue() and returns a null
dev_queue pointer for an "invalid handle", for example, or if the
dev_queue associated with the parent qdisc is null.
This patch is in preparation for the next in this series, where
select_queue() is being added to mqprio and as it may return a null
dev_queue.
Signed-off-by: Jesus Sanchez-Palencia <jesus.sanchez-palencia@intel.com>
Tested-by: Henrik Austad <henrik@austad.us>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Now that DSA core provides port types, there is no need to keep this
information at the switch level. This is a static information that is
part of a DSA core dsa_port structure. Remove them.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce an enumerated type for ports, which will be way more explicit
to identify a port type instead of digging into switch port masks.
A port can be of type CPU, DSA, user, or unused by default. This is a
static parsed information that cannot be changed at runtime.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce a dsa_user_ports() helper to return the ds->enabled_port_mask
mask which is more explicit. This will also minimize diffs when touching
this internal mask.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Most of the DSA code still check ds->enabled_port_mask directly to
inspect a given port type instead of using the provided dsa_is_user_port
helper. Change this.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When receiving a Toobig icmpv6 packet, ip6gre_err would just set
tunnel dev's mtu, that's not enough. For skb_dst(skb)'s pmtu may
still be using the old value, it has no chance to be updated with
tunnel dev's mtu.
Jianlin found this issue by reducing route's mtu while running
netperf, the performance went to 0.
ip6ip6 and ip4ip6 tunnel can work well with this, as they lookup
the upper dst and update_pmtu it's pmtu or icmpv6_send a Toobig
to upper socket after setting tunnel dev's mtu.
We couldn't do that for ip6_gre, as gre's inner packet could be
any protocol, it's difficult to handle them (like lookup upper
dst) in a good way.
So this patch is to fix it by updating skb_dst(skb)'s pmtu when
dev->mtu < skb_dst(skb)'s pmtu in tx path. It's safe to do this
update there, as usually dev->mtu <= skb_dst(skb)'s pmtu and no
performance regression can be caused by this.
Fixes: c12b395a46 ("gre: Support GRE over IPv6")
Reported-by: Jianlin Shi <jishi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The similar fix in patch 'ipip: only increase err_count for some
certain type icmp in ipip_err' is needed for ip6gre_err.
In Jianlin's case, udp netperf broke even when receiving a TooBig
icmpv6 packet.
Fixes: c12b395a46 ("gre: Support GRE over IPv6")
Reported-by: Jianlin Shi <jishi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
t->err_count is used to count the link failure on tunnel and an err
will be reported to user socket in tx path if t->err_count is not 0.
udp socket could even return EHOSTUNREACH to users.
Since commit fd58156e45 ("IPIP: Use ip-tunneling code.") removed
the 'switch check' for icmp type in ipip_err(), err_count would be
increased by the icmp packet with ICMP_EXC_FRAGTIME code. an link
failure would be reported out due to this.
In Jianlin's case, when receiving ICMP_EXC_FRAGTIME a icmp packet,
udp netperf failed with the err:
send_data: data send error: No route to host (errno 113)
We expect this error reported from tunnel to socket when receiving
some certain type icmp, but not ICMP_EXC_FRAGTIME, ICMP_SR_FAILED
or ICMP_PARAMETERPROB ones.
This patch is to bring 'switch check' for icmp type back to ipip_err
so that it only reports link failure for the right type icmp, just as
in ipgre_err() and ipip6_err().
Fixes: fd58156e45 ("IPIP: Use ip-tunneling code.")
Reported-by: Jianlin Shi <jishi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When CPU transmit directly to port using tag, the LAN9303 does not
learn MAC addresses received on the CPU port into the ALR.
ALR learning is performed only when transmitting using ALR lookup.
Solution:
If the two external ports are bridged and the packet is not STP BPDU,
then use ALR lookup to allow ALR learning on CPU port.
Otherwise transmit directly to port with STP state override.
Signed-off-by: Egil Hjelmeland <privat@egil-hjelmeland.no>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the code that tried to identify if a PHY designated by Device
Tree required diversion through the DSA-created MDIO bus. This was
created mainly for the bcm_sf2.c driver back when it did not have its
own MDIO bus driver, which it now has since 461cd1b03e ("net: dsa:
bcm_sf2: Register our slave MDIO bus").
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Martin Hundebøll <mnhu@prevas.dk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Note that sysctl_tcp_thin_dupack was not used, I deleted it.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use BUG_ON instead of if condition followed by BUG in esp_remove_trailer.
This issue was detected with the help of Coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <garsilva@embeddedor.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
* follow-up fixes for the WoWLAN security issue, to fix a
partial TKIP key material problem and to use crypto_memneq()
* a change for better enforcement of FQ's memory limit
* a disconnect/connect handling fix, and
* a user rate mask validation fix
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=6b1o
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2017-10-25' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
pull-request: mac80211 2017-10-25
Here are:
* follow-up fixes for the WoWLAN security issue, to fix a
partial TKIP key material problem and to use crypto_memneq()
* a change for better enforcement of FQ's memory limit
* a disconnect/connect handling fix, and
* a user rate mask validation fix
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
l2tp_tunnel_delete does not return anything since commit 62b982eeb4
("l2tp: fix race condition in l2tp_tunnel_delete"). But call sites of
l2tp_tunnel_delete still do casts to void to avoid unused return value
warnings.
Kill these now useless casts.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Slaby <jslaby@suse.cz>
Cc: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Cc: Guillaume Nault <g.nault@alphalink.fr>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Acked-by: Guillaume Nault <g.nault@alphalink.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use BUG_ON instead of if condition followed by BUG.
This issue was detected with the help of Coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <garsilva@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
The SMC protocol [1] uses a rendezvous protocol to negotiate SMC
capability between peers. The current Linux implementation does not yet
use this rendezvous protocol and, thus, is not compliant to RFC7609 and
incompatible with other SMC implementations like in zOS.
This patch adds support for the SMC rendezvous protocol. It uses a new
TCP experimental option. With this option, SMC capabilities are
exchanged between the peers during the TCP three way handshake.
[1] SMC-R Informational RFC: http://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc7609
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The SMC protocol [1] relies on the use of a new TCP experimental
option [2, 3]. With this option, SMC capabilities are exchanged
between peers during the TCP three way handshake. This patch adds
support for this experimental option to TCP.
References:
[1] SMC-R Informational RFC: http://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc7609
[2] Shared Use of TCP Experimental Options RFC 6994:
https://tools.ietf.org/rfc/rfc6994.txt
[3] IANA ExID SMCR:
http://www.iana.org/assignments/tcp-parameters/tcp-parameters.xhtml#tcp-exids
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Link group creation is synchronized with the smc_create_lgr_pending
lock. In smc_listen_work() this mutex is sometimes unlocked, even
though it has not been locked before. This issue will surface in
presence of the SMC rendezvous code.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current implementation calls tcp_rate_skb_sent() when tcp_transmit_skb()
is called when it clones skb only. Not calling tcp_rate_skb_sent() is OK
for all such code paths except from __tcp_retransmit_skb() which happens
when skb->data address is not aligned. This may rarely happen e.g. when
small amount of data is sent initially and the receiver partially acks
odd number of bytes for some reason, possibly malicious.
Signed-off-by: Yousuk Seung <ysseung@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tsk->group is set to grp earlier, but we forget to unset it
after grp is freed.
Fixes: 75da2163db ("tipc: introduce communication groups")
Reported-by: syzkaller bot
Cc: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Cc: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Although CONFIG_VSOCKETS_DIAG depends on CONFIG_VSOCKETS,
vsock_init_tables() is not always called, it is called only
if other modules call its caller. Therefore if we only
enable CONFIG_VSOCKETS_DIAG, it would crash kernel on uninitialized
vsock_bind_table.
This patch fixes it by moving vsock_init_tables() to its own
module_init().
Fixes: 413a4317ac ("VSOCK: add sock_diag interface")
Reported-by: syzkaller bot
Cc: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Cc: Jorgen Hansen <jhansen@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In my first attempt to fix the lockdep splat, I forgot we could
enter inet_csk_route_req() with a freshly allocated request socket,
for which refcount has not yet been elevated, due to complex
SLAB_TYPESAFE_BY_RCU rules.
We either are in rcu_read_lock() section _or_ we own a refcount on the
request.
Correct RCU verb to use here is rcu_dereference_check(), although it is
not possible to prove we actually own a reference on a shared
refcount :/
In v2, I added ireq_opt_deref() helper and use in three places, to fix other
possible splats.
[ 49.844590] lockdep_rcu_suspicious+0xea/0xf3
[ 49.846487] inet_csk_route_req+0x53/0x14d
[ 49.848334] tcp_v4_route_req+0xe/0x10
[ 49.850174] tcp_conn_request+0x31c/0x6a0
[ 49.851992] ? __lock_acquire+0x614/0x822
[ 49.854015] tcp_v4_conn_request+0x5a/0x79
[ 49.855957] ? tcp_v4_conn_request+0x5a/0x79
[ 49.858052] tcp_rcv_state_process+0x98/0xdcc
[ 49.859990] ? sk_filter_trim_cap+0x2f6/0x307
[ 49.862085] tcp_v4_do_rcv+0xfc/0x145
[ 49.864055] ? tcp_v4_do_rcv+0xfc/0x145
[ 49.866173] tcp_v4_rcv+0x5ab/0xaf9
[ 49.868029] ip_local_deliver_finish+0x1af/0x2e7
[ 49.870064] ip_local_deliver+0x1b2/0x1c5
[ 49.871775] ? inet_del_offload+0x45/0x45
[ 49.873916] ip_rcv_finish+0x3f7/0x471
[ 49.875476] ip_rcv+0x3f1/0x42f
[ 49.876991] ? ip_local_deliver_finish+0x2e7/0x2e7
[ 49.878791] __netif_receive_skb_core+0x6d3/0x950
[ 49.880701] ? process_backlog+0x7e/0x216
[ 49.882589] __netif_receive_skb+0x1d/0x5e
[ 49.884122] process_backlog+0x10c/0x216
[ 49.885812] net_rx_action+0x147/0x3df
Fixes: a6ca7abe53 ("tcp/dccp: fix lockdep splat in inet_csk_route_req()")
Fixes: c92e8c02fe ("tcp/dccp: fix ireq->opt races")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: kernel test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Reported-by: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The number of unsignaled work-requests posted to the IB send queue is
tracked by a counter in the rds_ib_connection struct. When it reaches
zero, or the caller explicitly asks for it, the send-signaled bit is
set in send_flags and the counter is reset. This is performed by the
rds_ib_set_wr_signal_state() function.
However, this function is not always used which yields inaccurate
accounting. This commit fixes this, re-factors a code bloat related to
the matter, and makes the actual parameter type to the function
consistent.
Signed-off-by: Håkon Bugge <haakon.bugge@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
send_flags needs to be initialized before calling
rds_ib_set_wr_signal_state().
Signed-off-by: Håkon Bugge <haakon.bugge@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Santosh Shilimkar <santosh.shilimkar@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The unapply functions are called on the error path.
As for dsa_port_mask, enabled_port_mask and cpu_port_mask won't be used
after so there's no need to unmask the corresponding port bit from them.
This makes dsa_cpu_port_unapply() and dsa_dsa_port_unapply() identical,
which can be factorized later.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The legacy code does not unmask the cpu_port_mask and dsa_port_mask as
stated. But this is done on the error path and those masks won't be used
after that. So instead of fixing the bit operation, simply remove it.
Fixes: 83c0afaec7 ("net: dsa: Add new binding implementation")
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If a socket has a valid dst cache, then xfrm_lookup_route will get
skipped. However, the cache is not invalidated when applying policy to a
socket (i.e. IPV6_XFRM_POLICY). The result is that new policies are
sometimes ignored on those sockets. (Note: This was broken for IPv4 and
IPv6 at different times.)
This can be demonstrated like so,
1. Create UDP socket.
2. connect() the socket.
3. Apply an outbound XFRM policy to the socket. (setsockopt)
4. send() data on the socket.
Packets will continue to be sent in the clear instead of matching an
xfrm or returning a no-match error (EAGAIN). This affects calls to
send() and not sendto().
Invalidating the sk_dst_cache is necessary to correctly apply xfrm
policies. Since we do this in xfrm_user_policy(), the sk_lock was
already acquired in either do_ip_setsockopt() or do_ipv6_setsockopt(),
and we may call __sk_dst_reset().
Performance impact should be negligible, since this code is only called
when changing xfrm policy, and only affects the socket in question.
Fixes: 00bc0ef588 ("ipv6: Skip XFRM lookup if dst_entry in socket cache is valid")
Tested: https://android-review.googlesource.com/517555
Tested: https://android-review.googlesource.com/418659
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Basseri <misterikkit@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
socket_diag shows information only about sockets from a namespace where
a diag socket lives.
But if we request information about one unix socket, the kernel don't
check that its netns is matched with a diag socket namespace, so any
user can get information about any unix socket in a system. This looks
like a bug.
v2: add a Fixes tag
Fixes: 51d7cccf07 ("net: make sock diag per-namespace")
Signed-off-by: Andrei Vagin <avagin@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The following warning was reported by syzbot on Oct 24. 2017:
KASAN: slab-out-of-bounds Read in tipc_nametbl_lookup_dst_nodes
This is a harmless bug, but we still want to get rid of the warning,
so we swap the two conditions in question.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
jhash_1word of a u16 is a different value from jhash of the same u16 with
length 2.
Since elements are always inserted in sets using jhash over the actual
klen, this would lead to incorrect lookups on fixed-size sets with a key
length of 2, as they would be inserted with hash value jhash(key, 2) and
looked up with hash value jhash_1word(key), which is different.
Example reproducer(v4.13+), using anonymous sets which always have a
fixed size:
table inet t {
chain c {
type filter hook output priority 0; policy accept;
tcp dport { 10001, 10003, 10005, 10007, 10009 } counter packets 4 bytes 240 reject
tcp dport 10001 counter packets 4 bytes 240 reject
tcp dport 10003 counter packets 4 bytes 240 reject
tcp dport 10005 counter packets 4 bytes 240 reject
tcp dport 10007 counter packets 0 bytes 0 reject
tcp dport 10009 counter packets 4 bytes 240 reject
}
}
then use nc -z localhost <port> to probe; incorrectly hashed ports will
pass through the set lookup and increment the counter of an individual
rule.
jhash being seeded with a random value, it is not deterministic which
ports will incorrectly hash, but in testing with 5 ports in the set I
always had 4 or 5 with an incorrect hash value.
Signed-off-by: Anatole Denis <anatole@rezel.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
For the reinstall prevention, the code I had added compares the
whole key. It turns out though that iwlwifi firmware doesn't
provide the TKIP TX MIC key as it's not needed in client mode,
and thus the comparison will always return false.
For client mode, thus always zero out the TX MIC key part before
doing the comparison in order to avoid accepting the reinstall
of the key with identical encryption and RX MIC key, but not the
same TX MIC key (since the supplicant provides the real one.)
Fixes: fdf7cb4185 ("mac80211: accept key reinstall without changing anything")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Please do not apply this to mainline directly, instead please re-run the
coccinelle script shown below and apply its output.
For several reasons, it is desirable to use {READ,WRITE}_ONCE() in
preference to ACCESS_ONCE(), and new code is expected to use one of the
former. So far, there's been no reason to change most existing uses of
ACCESS_ONCE(), as these aren't harmful, and changing them results in
churn.
However, for some features, the read/write distinction is critical to
correct operation. To distinguish these cases, separate read/write
accessors must be used. This patch migrates (most) remaining
ACCESS_ONCE() instances to {READ,WRITE}_ONCE(), using the following
coccinelle script:
----
// Convert trivial ACCESS_ONCE() uses to equivalent READ_ONCE() and
// WRITE_ONCE()
// $ make coccicheck COCCI=/home/mark/once.cocci SPFLAGS="--include-headers" MODE=patch
virtual patch
@ depends on patch @
expression E1, E2;
@@
- ACCESS_ONCE(E1) = E2
+ WRITE_ONCE(E1, E2)
@ depends on patch @
expression E;
@@
- ACCESS_ONCE(E)
+ READ_ONCE(E)
----
Signed-off-by: Mark Rutland <mark.rutland@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: davem@davemloft.net
Cc: linux-arch@vger.kernel.org
Cc: mpe@ellerman.id.au
Cc: shuah@kernel.org
Cc: snitzer@redhat.com
Cc: thor.thayer@linux.intel.com
Cc: tj@kernel.org
Cc: viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk
Cc: will.deacon@arm.com
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1508792849-3115-19-git-send-email-paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
For several reasons, it is desirable to use {READ,WRITE}_ONCE() in
preference to ACCESS_ONCE(), and new code is expected to use one of the
former. So far, there's been no reason to change most existing uses of
ACCESS_ONCE(), as these aren't currently harmful.
However, for some features it is necessary to instrument reads and
writes separately, which is not possible with ACCESS_ONCE(). This
distinction is critical to correct operation.
It's possible to transform the bulk of kernel code using the Coccinelle
script below. However, this doesn't handle comments, leaving references
to ACCESS_ONCE() instances which have been removed. As a preparatory
step, this patch converts the IPv4 TCP input code and comments to use
{READ,WRITE}_ONCE() consistently.
----
virtual patch
@ depends on patch @
expression E1, E2;
@@
- ACCESS_ONCE(E1) = E2
+ WRITE_ONCE(E1, E2)
@ depends on patch @
expression E;
@@
- ACCESS_ONCE(E)
+ READ_ONCE(E)
----
Signed-off-by: Mark Rutland <mark.rutland@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-arch@vger.kernel.org
Cc: mpe@ellerman.id.au
Cc: shuah@kernel.org
Cc: snitzer@redhat.com
Cc: thor.thayer@linux.intel.com
Cc: tj@kernel.org
Cc: viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk
Cc: will.deacon@arm.com
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1508792849-3115-8-git-send-email-paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
For several reasons, it is desirable to use {READ,WRITE}_ONCE() in
preference to ACCESS_ONCE(), and new code is expected to use one of the
former. So far, there's been no reason to change most existing uses of
ACCESS_ONCE(), as these aren't currently harmful.
However, for some features it is necessary to instrument reads and
writes separately, which is not possible with ACCESS_ONCE(). This
distinction is critical to correct operation.
It's possible to transform the bulk of kernel code using the Coccinelle
script below. However, this doesn't handle comments, leaving references
to ACCESS_ONCE() instances which have been removed. As a preparatory
step, this patch converts netlink and netfilter code and comments to use
{READ,WRITE}_ONCE() consistently.
----
virtual patch
@ depends on patch @
expression E1, E2;
@@
- ACCESS_ONCE(E1) = E2
+ WRITE_ONCE(E1, E2)
@ depends on patch @
expression E;
@@
- ACCESS_ONCE(E)
+ READ_ONCE(E)
----
Signed-off-by: Mark Rutland <mark.rutland@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Cc: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-arch@vger.kernel.org
Cc: mpe@ellerman.id.au
Cc: shuah@kernel.org
Cc: snitzer@redhat.com
Cc: thor.thayer@linux.intel.com
Cc: tj@kernel.org
Cc: viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk
Cc: will.deacon@arm.com
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1508792849-3115-7-git-send-email-paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
Hightlights include:
- Fix a list corruption in xprt_release()
- Fix a workqueue lockdep warning due to unsafe use of cancel_work_sync()
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=M0ih
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'nfs-for-4.14-4' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/trondmy/linux-nfs
Pull NFS client bugfixes from Trond Myklebust:
- Fix a list corruption in xprt_release()
- Fix a workqueue lockdep warning due to unsafe use of
cancel_work_sync()
* tag 'nfs-for-4.14-4' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/trondmy/linux-nfs:
SUNRPC: Destroy transport from the system workqueue
SUNRPC: fix a list corruption issue in xprt_release()
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to
all timer callbacks, switch to using an explicit static variable to hold
additional expiration details.
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Bhumika Goyal <bhumirks@gmail.com>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Cc: "Reshetova, Elena" <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to
all timer callbacks, switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer()
to pass the timer pointer explicitly.
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Cc: Mike Maloney <maloney@google.com>
Cc: Jarno Rajahalme <jarno@ovn.org>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to
all timer callbacks, switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer()
to pass the timer pointer explicitly.
Cc: Arvid Brodin <arvid.brodin@alten.se>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to
all timer callbacks, switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer()
to pass the timer pointer explicitly. Adds a pointer back to the sock.
Cc: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Cc: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: dccp@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to
all timer callbacks, switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer()
to pass the timer pointer explicitly.
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: "Reshetova, Elena" <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to
all timer callbacks, switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer()
to pass the timer pointer explicitly.
Cc: Joerg Reuter <jreuter@yaina.de>
Cc: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: linux-hams@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to
all timer callbacks, switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer()
to pass the timer pointer explicitly.
Cc: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Cc: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: linux-sctp@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After the patch 'rtnetlink: bring NETDEV_CHANGELOWERSTATE event
process back to rtnetlink_event', bond_lower_state_changed would
generate NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER event which would send a notification
to userspace in rtnetlink_event.
There's no need to call rtmsg_ifinfo to send the notification
any more. So this patch is to remove it from these places after
bond_lower_state_changed.
Besides, after this, rtmsg_ifinfo is not needed to be exported.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to bring NETDEV_CHANGELOWERSTATE event process back
to rtnetlink_event so that bonding could use it instead of calling
rtmsg_ifinfo to send a notification to userspace after netdev lower
state is changed in the later patch.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit dc709f3757 ("rtnetlink: bring NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER event
process back in rtnetlink_event"), rtnetlink_event would process the
NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER event and send a notification to userspace.
In add_del_if, it would generate NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER event by whether
netdev_master_upper_dev_link or netdev_upper_dev_unlink. There's
no need to call rtmsg_ifinfo to send the notification any more.
So this patch is to remove it from add_del_if also to avoid redundant
notifications.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the case of pdata, the dsa_cpu_parse function calls dev_put() before
making sure it isn't NULL. Fix this.
Fixes: 71e0bbde0d ("net: dsa: Add support for platform data")
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Sock lock may be taken in the message timer function which is a
problem since timers run in BH. Instead of timers use delayed_work.
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Fixes: bbb03029a8 ("strparser: Generalize strparser")
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@quantonium.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, ip6_tnl_xmit_ctl drops tunneled packets if the remote
address (outer v6 destination) is one of host's locally configured
addresses.
Same applies to ip6_tnl_rcv_ctl: it drops packets if the remote address
(outer v6 source) is a local address.
This prevents using ipxip6 (and ip6_gre) tunnels whose local/remote
endpoints are on same host; OTOH v4 tunnels (ipip or gre) allow such
configurations.
An example where this proves useful is a system where entities are
identified by their unique v6 addresses, and use tunnels to encapsulate
traffic between them. The limitation prevents placing several entities
on same host.
Introduce IP6_TNL_F_ALLOW_LOCAL_REMOTE which allows to bypass this
restriction.
Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ladkani <shmulik.ladkani@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add missing counter decrement to prevent out of bounds memory read.
Signed-off-by: Eric Sesterhenn <eric.sesterhenn@x41-dsec.de>
Acked-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Only stored, never read. This is a leftover from commit 7d08487777
("netfilter: connlimit: use rbtree for per-host conntrack obj storage"),
which added the rbtree node struct that stores the address instead.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
after previous commit xt_replace_table will wait until all cpus
had even seqcount (i.e., no cpu is accessing old ruleset).
Add a 'old' counter retrival version that doesn't synchronize counters.
Its not needed, the old counters are not in use anymore at this point.
This speeds up table replacement on busy systems with large tables
(and many cores).
Cc: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
xt_replace_table relies on table replacement counter retrieval (which
uses xt_recseq to synchronize pcpu counters).
This is fine, however with large rule set get_counters() can take
a very long time -- it needs to synchronize all counters because
it has to assume concurrent modifications can occur.
Make xt_replace_table synchronize by itself by waiting until all cpus
had an even seqcount.
This allows a followup patch to copy the counters of the old ruleset
without any synchonization after xt_replace_table has completed.
Cc: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We currently pass down the l4 protocol to the conntrack ->packet()
function, but the only user of this is the debug info decision.
Same information can be derived from struct nf_conn.
Add a wrapper for the previous patch that extracs the information
from nf_conn and passes it to nf_l4proto_log_invalid().
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We currently pass down the l4 protocol to the conntrack ->packet()
function, but the only user of this is the debug info decision.
Same information can be derived from struct nf_conn.
As a first step, add and use a new log function for this, similar to
nf_ct_helper_log().
Add __cold annotation -- invalid packets should be infrequent so
gcc can consider all call paths that lead to such a function as
unlikely.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We can use a single statement for this.
While at it, fixup the comment -- we don't have pernet table/ops
anymore, the function is only called from module exit path.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We have a memleak whenever a flow matches a policy without
a matching SA. In this case we generate a dummy bundle and
take an additional refcount on the dst_entry. This was needed
as long as we had the flowcache. The flowcache removal patches
deleted all related refcounts but forgot the one for the
dummy bundle case. Fix the memleak by removing this refcount.
Fixes: 3ca28286ea ("xfrm_policy: bypass flow_cache_lookup")
Reported-by: Maxime Bizon <mbizon@freebox.fr>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net): ipsec 2017-10-24
1) Fix a memleak when we don't find a inner_mode
during bundle creation. From David Miller.
2) Fix a xfrm policy dump crash. We may crash
on error when dumping policies via netlink.
Fix this by initializing the policy walk
with the cb->start method. This fix is a
serious stable candidate. From Herbert Xu.
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Prior to commit b3f55bdda8, the networking core doesn't wire an in-place
actions list the when the low level driver is called to offload the flow,
but all low level drivers do that (call tcf_exts_to_list()) in their
offloading "add" logic.
Now, the in-place list is set in the core which goes over the list in a loop,
but also by the hw driver when their offloading code is invoked indirectly:
cls_xxx add flow -> tc_setup_cb_call -> tc_exts_setup_cb_egdev_call -> hw driver
which messes up the core list instance upon driver return. Fix that by avoiding
in-place list on the net core code that deals with adding flows.
Fixes: b3f55bdda8 ('net: sched: introduce per-egress action device callbacks')
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In rt6_select(), fn->leaf could be pointing to net->ipv6.ip6_null_entry.
In this case, we should directly return instead of trying to carry on
with the rest of the process.
If not, we could crash at:
spin_lock_bh(&leaf->rt6i_table->rt6_lock);
because net->ipv6.ip6_null_entry does not have rt6i_table set.
Syzkaller recently reported following issue on net-next:
Use struct sctp_sack_info instead
kasan: CONFIG_KASAN_INLINE enabled
kasan: GPF could be caused by NULL-ptr deref or user memory access
general protection fault: 0000 [#1] SMP KASAN
Dumping ftrace buffer:
(ftrace buffer empty)
Modules linked in:
sctp: [Deprecated]: syz-executor4 (pid 26496) Use of struct sctp_assoc_value in delayed_ack socket option.
Use struct sctp_sack_info instead
CPU: 1 PID: 26523 Comm: syz-executor6 Not tainted 4.14.0-rc4+ #85
Hardware name: Google Google Compute Engine/Google Compute Engine, BIOS Google 01/01/2011
task: ffff8801d147e3c0 task.stack: ffff8801a4328000
RIP: 0010:debug_spin_lock_before kernel/locking/spinlock_debug.c:83 [inline]
RIP: 0010:do_raw_spin_lock+0x23/0x1e0 kernel/locking/spinlock_debug.c:112
RSP: 0018:ffff8801a432ed70 EFLAGS: 00010207
RAX: dffffc0000000000 RBX: 0000000000000018 RCX: 0000000000000000
RDX: 0000000000000003 RSI: 0000000000000000 RDI: 000000000000001c
RBP: ffff8801a432ed90 R08: 0000000000000001 R09: 0000000000000000
R10: 0000000000000000 R11: ffffffff8482b279 R12: ffff8801ce2ff3a0
sctp: [Deprecated]: syz-executor1 (pid 26546) Use of int in maxseg socket option.
Use struct sctp_assoc_value instead
R13: dffffc0000000000 R14: ffff8801d971e000 R15: ffff8801ce2ff0d8
FS: 00007f56e82f5700(0000) GS:ffff8801db300000(0000) knlGS:0000000000000000
CS: 0010 DS: 0000 ES: 0000 CR0: 0000000080050033
CR2: 0000001ddbc22000 CR3: 00000001a4a04000 CR4: 00000000001406e0
DR0: 0000000000000000 DR1: 0000000000000000 DR2: 0000000000000000
DR3: 0000000000000000 DR6: 00000000fffe0ff0 DR7: 0000000000000400
Call Trace:
__raw_spin_lock_bh include/linux/spinlock_api_smp.h:136 [inline]
_raw_spin_lock_bh+0x39/0x40 kernel/locking/spinlock.c:175
spin_lock_bh include/linux/spinlock.h:321 [inline]
rt6_select net/ipv6/route.c:786 [inline]
ip6_pol_route+0x1be3/0x3bd0 net/ipv6/route.c:1650
sctp: [Deprecated]: syz-executor1 (pid 26576) Use of int in maxseg socket option.
Use struct sctp_assoc_value instead
TCP: request_sock_TCPv6: Possible SYN flooding on port 20002. Sending cookies. Check SNMP counters.
ip6_pol_route_output+0x4c/0x60 net/ipv6/route.c:1843
fib6_rule_lookup+0x9e/0x2a0 net/ipv6/ip6_fib.c:309
ip6_route_output_flags+0x1f1/0x2b0 net/ipv6/route.c:1871
ip6_route_output include/net/ip6_route.h:80 [inline]
ip6_dst_lookup_tail+0x4ea/0x970 net/ipv6/ip6_output.c:953
ip6_dst_lookup_flow+0xc8/0x270 net/ipv6/ip6_output.c:1076
sctp_v6_get_dst+0x675/0x1c30 net/sctp/ipv6.c:274
sctp_transport_route+0xa8/0x430 net/sctp/transport.c:287
sctp_assoc_add_peer+0x4fe/0x1100 net/sctp/associola.c:656
__sctp_connect+0x251/0xc80 net/sctp/socket.c:1187
sctp_connect+0xb4/0xf0 net/sctp/socket.c:4209
inet_dgram_connect+0x16b/0x1f0 net/ipv4/af_inet.c:541
SYSC_connect+0x20a/0x480 net/socket.c:1642
SyS_connect+0x24/0x30 net/socket.c:1623
entry_SYSCALL_64_fastpath+0x1f/0xbe
Fixes: 66f5d6ce53 ("ipv6: replace rwlock with rcu and spinlock in fib6_table")
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We already allow to enable TFO without a cookie by using the
fastopen-sysctl and setting it to TFO_SERVER_COOKIE_NOT_REQD (or
TFO_CLIENT_NO_COOKIE).
This is safe to do in certain environments where we know that there
isn't a malicous host (aka., data-centers) or when the
application-protocol already provides an authentication mechanism in the
first flight of data.
A server however might be providing multiple services or talking to both
sides (public Internet and data-center). So, this server would want to
enable cookie-less TFO for certain services and/or for connections that
go to the data-center.
This patch exposes a socket-option and a per-route attribute to enable such
fine-grained configurations.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Paasch <cpaasch@apple.com>
Reviewed-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use BUG_ON instead of if condition followed by BUG in tcp_time_wait.
This issue was detected with the help of Coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <garsilva@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use BUG_ON instead of if condition followed by BUG in icmp_timestamp.
This issue was detected with the help of Coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <garsilva@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 9b97420228 ("sctp: support ipv6 nonlocal bind")
introduced support for the above options as v4 sctp did,
so patched sctp_v6_available().
In the v4 implementation it's enough, because
sctp_inet_bind_verify() just returns with sctp_v4_available().
However sctp_inet6_bind_verify() has an extra check before that
for link-local scope_id, which won't respect the above options.
Added the checks before calling ipv6_chk_addr(), but
not before the validation of scope_id.
before (w/ both options):
./v6test fe80::10 sctp
bind failed, errno: 99 (Cannot assign requested address)
./v6test fe80::10 tcp
bind success, errno: 0 (Success)
after (w/ both options):
./v6test fe80::10 sctp
bind success, errno: 0 (Success)
Signed-off-by: Laszlo Toth <laszlth@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough, mark switch cases
where we are expecting to fall through.
Notice that in this particular case I placed the "fall through" comment
on its own line, which is what GCC is expecting to find.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <garsilva@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough, mark switch cases
where we are expecting to fall through.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <garsilva@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rcu_read_lock() is enough here, no need to block BH.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Table is really RCU protected, no need to block BH
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rcu_read_lock() is enough here, no need to block BH.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rcu_read_lock() is enough here, as inet6_ifa_finish_destroy()
uses kfree_rcu()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Bring IPv6 in par with IPv4 :
- Use net_hash_mix() to spread addresses a bit more.
- Use 256 slots hash table instead of 16
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ipv6_add_addr_hash() can compute the hash value outside of
locked section and pass it to ipv6_chk_same_addr().
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ipv6_chk_same_addr() is only used by ipv6_add_addr_hash(),
so moving it avoids a forward declaration.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Because userspace gets Very Unhappy when calls like stat() and execve()
return -EINTR on 9p filesystem mounts. For instance, when bash is
looking in PATH for things to execute and some SIGCHLD interrupts
stat(), bash can throw a spurious 'command not found' since it doesn't
retry the stat().
In practice, hitting the problem is rare and needs a really
slow/bogged down 9p server.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas@tuxera.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
This patch adds tracepoint trace_tcp_set_state. Besides usual fields
(s/d ports, IP addresses), old and new state of the socket is also
printed with TP_printk, with __print_symbolic().
Signed-off-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds trace event trace_tcp_destroy_sock.
Signed-off-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
New tracepoint trace_tcp_receive_reset is added and called from
tcp_reset(). This tracepoint is define with a new class tcp_event_sk.
Signed-off-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
New tracepoint trace_tcp_send_reset is added and called from
tcp_v4_send_reset(), tcp_v6_send_reset() and tcp_send_active_reset().
Signed-off-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Fix parameter kerneldoc which caused kerneldoc warnings, by Sven Eckelmann
- Remove spurious warnings in B.A.T.M.A.N. V neighbor comparison,
by Sven Eckelmann
- Use inline kernel-doc style for UAPI constants, by Sven Eckelmann
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=qGzP
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'batadv-next-for-davem-20171023' of git://git.open-mesh.org/linux-merge
Simon Wunderlich says:
====================
This documentation/cleanup patchset includes the following patches:
- Fix parameter kerneldoc which caused kerneldoc warnings, by Sven Eckelmann
- Remove spurious warnings in B.A.T.M.A.N. V neighbor comparison,
by Sven Eckelmann
- Use inline kernel-doc style for UAPI constants, by Sven Eckelmann
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The pointer esph is being initialized with a value that is never
read and then being updated. Remove the redundant initialization
and move the declaration and initializtion of esph to the local
code block.
Cleans up clang warning:
net/ipv6/esp6.c:562:21: warning: Value stored to 'esph' during its
initialization is never read
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
An independent security researcher, Mohamed Ghannam, has reported
this vulnerability to Beyond Security's SecuriTeam Secure Disclosure
program.
The xfrm_dump_policy_done function expects xfrm_dump_policy to
have been called at least once or it will crash. This can be
triggered if a dump fails because the target socket's receive
buffer is full.
This patch fixes it by using the cb->start mechanism to ensure that
the initialisation is always done regardless of the buffer situation.
Fixes: 12a169e7d8 ("ipsec: Put dumpers on the dump list")
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
This patch fixes the following lockdep splat in inet_csk_route_req()
lockdep_rcu_suspicious
inet_csk_route_req
tcp_v4_send_synack
tcp_rtx_synack
inet_rtx_syn_ack
tcp_fastopen_synack_time
tcp_retransmit_timer
tcp_write_timer_handler
tcp_write_timer
call_timer_fn
Thread running inet_csk_route_req() owns a reference on the request
socket, so we have the guarantee ireq->ireq_opt wont be changed or
freed.
lockdep can enforce this invariant for us.
Fixes: c92e8c02fe ("tcp/dccp: fix ireq->opt races")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When retransmission on TSQ handler was introduced in the commit
f9616c35a0 ("tcp: implement TSQ for retransmits"), the retransmitted
skbs' timestamps were updated on the actual transmission. In the later
commit 385e20706f ("tcp: use tp->tcp_mstamp in output path"), it stops
being done so. In the commit, the comment says "We try to refresh
tp->tcp_mstamp only when necessary", and at present tcp_tsq_handler and
tcp_v4_mtu_reduced applies to this. About the latter, it's okay since
it's rare enough.
About the former, even though possible retransmissions on the tasklet
comes just after the destructor run in NET_RX softirq handling, the time
between them could be nonnegligibly large to the extent that
tcp_rack_advance or rto rearming be affected if other (remaining) RX,
BLOCK and (preceding) TASKLET sofirq handlings are unexpectedly heavy.
So in the same way as tcp_write_timer_handler does, doing tcp_mstamp_refresh
ensures the accuracy of algorithms relying on it.
Fixes: 385e20706f ("tcp: use tp->tcp_mstamp in output path")
Signed-off-by: Koichiro Den <den@klaipeden.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use BUG_ON instead of if condition followed by BUG in do_setlink.
This issue was detected with the help of Coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <garsilva@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There were quite a few overlapping sets of changes here.
Daniel's bug fix for off-by-ones in the new BPF branch instructions,
along with the added allowances for "data_end > ptr + x" forms
collided with the metadata additions.
Along with those three changes came veritifer test cases, which in
their final form I tried to group together properly. If I had just
trimmed GIT's conflict tags as-is, this would have split up the
meta tests unnecessarily.
In the socketmap code, a set of preemption disabling changes
overlapped with the rename of bpf_compute_data_end() to
bpf_compute_data_pointers().
Changes were made to the mv88e6060.c driver set addr method
which got removed in net-next.
The hyperv transport socket layer had a locking change in 'net'
which overlapped with a change of socket state macro usage
in 'net-next'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
"A little more than usual this time around. Been travelling, so that is
part of it.
Anyways, here are the highlights:
1) Deal with memcontrol races wrt. listener dismantle, from Eric
Dumazet.
2) Handle page allocation failures properly in nfp driver, from Jaku
Kicinski.
3) Fix memory leaks in macsec, from Sabrina Dubroca.
4) Fix crashes in pppol2tp_session_ioctl(), from Guillaume Nault.
5) Several fixes in bnxt_en driver, including preventing potential
NVRAM parameter corruption from Michael Chan.
6) Fix for KRACK attacks in wireless, from Johannes Berg.
7) rtnetlink event generation fixes from Xin Long.
8) Deadlock in mlxsw driver, from Ido Schimmel.
9) Disallow arithmetic operations on context pointers in bpf, from
Jakub Kicinski.
10) Missing sock_owned_by_user() check in sctp_icmp_redirect(), from
Xin Long.
11) Only TCP is supported for sockmap, make that explicit with a
check, from John Fastabend.
12) Fix IP options state races in DCCP and TCP, from Eric Dumazet.
13) Fix panic in packet_getsockopt(), also from Eric Dumazet.
14) Add missing locked in hv_sock layer, from Dexuan Cui.
15) Various aquantia bug fixes, including several statistics handling
cures. From Igor Russkikh et al.
16) Fix arithmetic overflow in devmap code, from John Fastabend.
17) Fix busted socket memory accounting when we get a fault in the tcp
zero copy paths. From Willem de Bruijn.
18) Don't leave opt->tot_len uninitialized in ipv6, from Eric Dumazet"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (106 commits)
stmmac: Don't access tx_q->dirty_tx before netif_tx_lock
ipv6: flowlabel: do not leave opt->tot_len with garbage
of_mdio: Fix broken PHY IRQ in case of probe deferral
textsearch: fix typos in library helpers
rxrpc: Don't release call mutex on error pointer
net: stmmac: Prevent infinite loop in get_rx_timestamp_status()
net: stmmac: Fix stmmac_get_rx_hwtstamp()
net: stmmac: Add missing call to dev_kfree_skb()
mlxsw: spectrum_router: Configure TIGCR on init
mlxsw: reg: Add Tunneling IPinIP General Configuration Register
net: ethtool: remove error check for legacy setting transceiver type
soreuseport: fix initialization race
net: bridge: fix returning of vlan range op errors
sock: correct sk_wmem_queued accounting on efault in tcp zerocopy
bpf: add test cases to bpf selftests to cover all access tests
bpf: fix pattern matches for direct packet access
bpf: fix off by one for range markings with L{T, E} patterns
bpf: devmap fix arithmetic overflow in bitmap_size calculation
net: aquantia: Bad udp rate on default interrupt coalescing
net: aquantia: Enable coalescing management via ethtool interface
...
When syzkaller team brought us a C repro for the crash [1] that
had been reported many times in the past, I finally could find
the root cause.
If FlowLabel info is merged by fl6_merge_options(), we leave
part of the opt_space storage provided by udp/raw/l2tp with random value
in opt_space.tot_len, unless a control message was provided at sendmsg()
time.
Then ip6_setup_cork() would use this random value to perform a kzalloc()
call. Undefined behavior and crashes.
Fix is to properly set tot_len in fl6_merge_options()
At the same time, we can also avoid consuming memory and cpu cycles
to clear it, if every option is copied via a kmemdup(). This is the
change in ip6_setup_cork().
[1]
kasan: CONFIG_KASAN_INLINE enabled
kasan: GPF could be caused by NULL-ptr deref or user memory access
general protection fault: 0000 [#1] SMP KASAN
Dumping ftrace buffer:
(ftrace buffer empty)
Modules linked in:
CPU: 0 PID: 6613 Comm: syz-executor0 Not tainted 4.14.0-rc4+ #127
Hardware name: Google Google Compute Engine/Google Compute Engine, BIOS Google 01/01/2011
task: ffff8801cb64a100 task.stack: ffff8801cc350000
RIP: 0010:ip6_setup_cork+0x274/0x15c0 net/ipv6/ip6_output.c:1168
RSP: 0018:ffff8801cc357550 EFLAGS: 00010203
RAX: dffffc0000000000 RBX: ffff8801cc357748 RCX: 0000000000000010
RDX: 0000000000000002 RSI: ffffffff842bd1d9 RDI: 0000000000000014
RBP: ffff8801cc357620 R08: ffff8801cb17f380 R09: ffff8801cc357b10
R10: ffff8801cb64a100 R11: 0000000000000000 R12: ffff8801cc357ab0
R13: ffff8801cc357b10 R14: 0000000000000000 R15: ffff8801c3bbf0c0
FS: 00007f9c5c459700(0000) GS:ffff8801db200000(0000) knlGS:0000000000000000
CS: 0010 DS: 0000 ES: 0000 CR0: 0000000080050033
CR2: 0000000020324000 CR3: 00000001d1cf2000 CR4: 00000000001406f0
DR0: 0000000020001010 DR1: 0000000000000000 DR2: 0000000000000000
DR3: 0000000000000000 DR6: 00000000ffff0ff0 DR7: 0000000000000600
Call Trace:
ip6_make_skb+0x282/0x530 net/ipv6/ip6_output.c:1729
udpv6_sendmsg+0x2769/0x3380 net/ipv6/udp.c:1340
inet_sendmsg+0x11f/0x5e0 net/ipv4/af_inet.c:762
sock_sendmsg_nosec net/socket.c:633 [inline]
sock_sendmsg+0xca/0x110 net/socket.c:643
SYSC_sendto+0x358/0x5a0 net/socket.c:1750
SyS_sendto+0x40/0x50 net/socket.c:1718
entry_SYSCALL_64_fastpath+0x1f/0xbe
RIP: 0033:0x4520a9
RSP: 002b:00007f9c5c458c08 EFLAGS: 00000216 ORIG_RAX: 000000000000002c
RAX: ffffffffffffffda RBX: 0000000000718000 RCX: 00000000004520a9
RDX: 0000000000000001 RSI: 0000000020fd1000 RDI: 0000000000000016
RBP: 0000000000000086 R08: 0000000020e0afe4 R09: 000000000000001c
R10: 0000000000000000 R11: 0000000000000216 R12: 00000000004bb1ee
R13: 00000000ffffffff R14: 0000000000000016 R15: 0000000000000029
Code: e0 07 83 c0 03 38 d0 7c 08 84 d2 0f 85 ea 0f 00 00 48 8d 79 04 48 b8 00 00 00 00 00 fc ff df 45 8b 74 24 04 48 89 fa 48 c1 ea 03 <0f> b6 14 02 48 89 f8 83 e0 07 83 c0 03 38 d0 7c 08 84 d2 0f 85
RIP: ip6_setup_cork+0x274/0x15c0 net/ipv6/ip6_output.c:1168 RSP: ffff8801cc357550
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Dmitry Vyukov <dvyukov@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TCP_NV will try to get the base RTT from a socket_ops BPF program if one
is loaded. NV will then use the base RTT to bound its min RTT (its
notion of the base RTT). It uses the base RTT as an upper bound and 80%
of the base RTT as its lower bound.
In other words, NV will consider filtered RTTs larger than base RTT as a
sign of congestion. As a result, there is no minRTT inflation when there
is a lot of congestion. For example, in a DC where the RTTs are less
than 40us when there is no congestion, a base RTT value of 80us improves
the performance of NV. The difference between the uncongested RTT and
the base RTT provided represents how much queueing we are willing to
have (in practice it can be higher).
NV has been tunned to reduce congestion when there are many flows at the
cost of one flow not achieving full bandwith utilization. When a
reasonable base RTT is provided, one NV flow can now fully utilize the
full bandwidth. In addition, the performance is also improved when there
are many flows.
In the following examples the NV results are using a kernel with this
patch set (i.e. both NV results are using the new nv_loss_dec_factor).
With one host sending to another host and only one flow the
goodputs are:
Cubic: 9.3 Gbps, NV: 5.5 Gbps, NV (baseRTT=80us): 9.2 Gbps
With 2 hosts sending to one host (1 flow per host, the goodput per flow
is:
Cubic: 4.6 Gbps, NV: 4.5 Gbps, NV (baseRTT=80us)L 4.6 Gbps
But the RTTs seen by a ping process in the sender is:
Cubic: 3.3ms NV: 97us, NV (baseRTT=80us): 146us
With a lot of flows things look even better for NV with baseRTT. Here we
have 3 hosts sending to one host. Each sending host has 6 flows: 1
stream, 4x1MB RPC, 1x10KB RPC. Cubic, NV and NV with baseRTT all fully
utilize the full available bandwidth. However, the distribution of
bandwidth among the flows is very different. For the 10KB RPC flow:
Cubic: 27Mbps, NV: 111Mbps, NV (baseRTT=80us): 222Mbps
The 99% latencies for the 10KB flows are:
Cubic: 26ms, NV: 1ms, NV (baseRTT=80us): 500us
The RTT seen by a ping process at the senders:
Cubic: 3.2ms NV: 720us, NV (baseRTT=80us): 330us
Signed-off-by: Lawrence Brakmo <brakmo@fb.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adding support for helper function bpf_getsockops to socket_ops BPF
programs. This patch only supports TCP_CONGESTION.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Vysotsky <vlad@cs.ucla.edu>
Acked-by: Lawrence Brakmo <brakmo@fb.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@fb.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough, mark switch cases
where we are expecting to fall through.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <garsilva@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough, mark switch cases
where we are expecting to fall through.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <garsilva@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Don't release call mutex at the end of rxrpc_kernel_begin_call() if the
call pointer actually holds an error value.
Fixes: 540b1c48c3 ("rxrpc: Fix deadlock between call creation and sendmsg/recvmsg")
Reported-by: Marc Dionne <marc.dionne@auristor.com>
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The function tipc_sk_timeout() is more complex than necessary, and
even seems to contain an undetected bug. At one of the occurences
where we renew the timer we just order it with (HZ / 20), instead
of (jiffies + HZ / 20);
In this commit we clean up the function.
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 9cab88726929605 ("net: ethtool: Add back transceiver type")
restores the transceiver type to struct ethtool_link_settings and
convert_link_ksettings_to_legacy_settings() but forgets to remove the
error check for the same in convert_legacy_settings_to_link_ksettings().
This prevents older versions of ethtool to change link settings.
# ethtool --version
ethtool version 3.16
# ethtool -s eth0 autoneg on speed 100 duplex full
Cannot set new settings: Invalid argument
not setting speed
not setting duplex
not setting autoneg
While newer versions of ethtool works.
# ethtool --version
ethtool version 4.10
# ethtool -s eth0 autoneg on speed 100 duplex full
[ 57.703268] sh-eth ee700000.ethernet eth0: Link is Down
[ 59.618227] sh-eth ee700000.ethernet eth0: Link is Up - 100Mbps/Full - flow control rx/tx
Fixes: 19cab88726 ("net: ethtool: Add back transceiver type")
Signed-off-by: Niklas Söderlund <niklas.soderlund+renesas@ragnatech.se>
Reported-by: Renjith R V <renjith.rv@quest-global.com>
Tested-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert+renesas@glider.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough, mark switch cases
where we are expecting to fall through.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <garsilva@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Syzkaller stumbled upon a way to trigger
WARNING: CPU: 1 PID: 13881 at net/core/sock_reuseport.c:41
reuseport_alloc+0x306/0x3b0 net/core/sock_reuseport.c:39
There are two initialization paths for the sock_reuseport structure in a
socket: Through the udp/tcp bind paths of SO_REUSEPORT sockets or through
SO_ATTACH_REUSEPORT_[CE]BPF before bind. The existing implementation
assumedthat the socket lock protected both of these paths when it actually
only protects the SO_ATTACH_REUSEPORT path. Syzkaller triggered this
double allocation by running these paths concurrently.
This patch moves the check for double allocation into the reuseport_alloc
function which is protected by a global spin lock.
Fixes: e32ea7e747 ("soreuseport: fast reuseport UDP socket selection")
Fixes: c125e80b88 ("soreuseport: fast reuseport TCP socket selection")
Signed-off-by: Craig Gallek <kraig@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough, mark switch cases
where we are expecting to fall through.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <garsilva@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough, mark switch cases
where we are expecting to fall through.
Notice that in this particular case I placed a "fall through" comment on
its own line, which is what GCC is expecting to find.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <garsilva@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough, mark switch cases
where we are expecting to fall through.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <garsilva@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When vlan tunnels were introduced, vlan range errors got silently
dropped and instead 0 was returned always. Restore the previous
behaviour and return errors to user-space.
Fixes: efa5356b0d ("bridge: per vlan dst_metadata netlink support")
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Syzkaller hits WARN_ON(sk->sk_wmem_queued) in sk_stream_kill_queues
after triggering an EFAULT in __zerocopy_sg_from_iter.
On this error, skb_zerocopy_stream_iter resets the skb to its state
before the operation with __pskb_trim. It cannot kfree_skb like
datagram callers, as the skb may have data from a previous send call.
__pskb_trim calls skb_condense for unowned skbs, which adjusts their
truesize. These tcp skbuffs are owned and their truesize must add up
to sk_wmem_queued. But they match because their skb->sk is NULL until
tcp_transmit_skb.
Temporarily set skb->sk when calling __pskb_trim to signal that the
skbuffs are owned and avoid the skb_condense path.
Fixes: 52267790ef ("sock: add MSG_ZEROCOPY")
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In commit ae236fb208 ("tipc: receive group membership events via
member socket") we broke the tipc_poll() function by checking the
state of the receive queue before the call to poll_sock_wait(), while
relying that state afterwards, when it might have changed.
We restore this in this commit.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All drivers are converted to use block callbacks for TC_SETUP_CLS*.
So it is now safe to remove the calls to ndo_setup_tc from cls_*
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Benefit from the newly introduced block callback infrastructure and
convert ndo_setup_tc calls for matchall offloads to block callbacks.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the newly introduced callbacks infrastructure and call block
callbacks alongside with the existing per-netdev ndo_setup_tc.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the newly introduced callbacks infrastructure and call block
callbacks alongside with the existing per-netdev ndo_setup_tc.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the newly introduced callbacks infrastructure and call block
callbacks alongside with the existing per-netdev ndo_setup_tc.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend the tc_setup_cb_call entrypoint function originally used only for
action egress devices callbacks to call per-block callbacks as well.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce infrastructure that allows drivers to register callbacks that
are called whenever tc would offload inserted rule for a specific block.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use previously introduced extended variants of block get and put
functions. This allows to specify a binder types specific to clsact
ingress/egress which is useful for drivers to distinguish who actually
got the block.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce new type of ndo_setup_tc message to propage binding/unbinding
of a block to driver. Call this ndo whenever qdisc gets/puts a block.
Alongside with this, there's need to propagate binder type from qdisc
code down to the notifier. So introduce extended variants of
block_get/put in order to pass this info.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the UDP code there are two leftover error messages with very few meaning.
Replace them with a more descriptive error message as some users
reported them as "strange network error".
Signed-off-by: Matteo Croce <mcroce@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQFHBAABCgAxFiEE4bay/IylYqM/npjQHv7KIOw4HPYFAlnohyMTHG1rbEBwZW5n
dXRyb25peC5kZQAKCRAe/sog7Dgc9jRFCACmSBz2H1yW5VfjrN3ZgoEoUo8P5qCZ
7mXvTstTASF20T7kFqNS2K94CMVjBYRUIHvihp0LmPmPAmpmQRNedAssWuZpMflw
xhaH8T8YWbyzHU2MBZP9WtTjrTilPEPcjvFSgYw6wpHW7VC3S/ffEN8Mj3ymR6bW
KRw7gemXpvYUxPrGGCzyvFy4G+KptyPcAD6I8ceDUtdkwK4TXGYqEAoSqxtAIUHX
dgRLzheOv8sDh+dM+ZNpH6UUkzK0gVHQ40lgXydZazEwPPq9zdj2Ec/6qpR5fkUH
dnCIhzLNiCJOMGSfzkf0Esef1zBpU8oJmILbgf97CdayaW9cA1EUleGW
=HYTx
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'linux-can-fixes-for-4.14-20171019' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mkl/linux-can
Marc Kleine-Budde says:
====================
pull-request: can 2017-10-19
this is a pull request of 11 patches for the upcoming 4.14 release.
There are 6 patches by ZHU Yi for the flexcan driver, that work around
the CAN error handling state transition problems found in various
incarnations of the flexcan IP core.
The patch by Colin Ian King fixes a potential NULL pointer deref in the
CAN broad cast manager (bcm). One patch by me replaces a direct deref of a RCU
protected pointer by rcu_access_pointer. My second patch adds missing
OOM error handling in af_can. A patch by Stefan Mätje for the esd_usb2
driver fixes the dlc in received RTR frames. And the last patch is by
Wolfgang Grandegger, it fixes a busy loop in the gs_usb driver in case
it runs out of TX contexts.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The perf traces for ipv6 routing code show a relevant cost around
trace_fib6_table_lookup(), even if no trace is enabled. This is
due to the fib6_table de-referencing currently performed by the
caller.
Let's the tracing code pay this overhead, passing to the trace
helper the table pointer. This gives small but measurable
performance improvement under UDP flood.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Steven Rostedt (VMware) <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2017-10-19
Here's the first bluetooth-next pull request targeting the 4.15 kernel
release.
- Multiple fixes & improvements to the hci_bcm driver
- DT improvements, e.g. new local-bd-address property
- Fixes & improvements to ECDH usage. Private key is now generated by
the crypto subsystem.
- gcc-4.9 warning fixes
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Without the patch, when hvs_open_connection() hasn't completely established
a connection (e.g. it has changed sk->sk_state to SS_CONNECTED, but hasn't
inserted the sock into the connected queue), vsock_stream_connect() may see
the sk_state change and return the connection to the userspace, and next
when the userspace closes the connection quickly, hvs_release() may not see
the connection in the connected queue; finally hvs_open_connection()
inserts the connection into the queue, but we won't be able to purge the
connection for ever.
Signed-off-by: Dexuan Cui <decui@microsoft.com>
Cc: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Cc: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
Cc: Vitaly Kuznetsov <vkuznets@redhat.com>
Cc: Cathy Avery <cavery@redhat.com>
Cc: Rolf Neugebauer <rolf.neugebauer@docker.com>
Cc: Marcelo Cerri <marcelo.cerri@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The length of GVI (GetVersionInfo) response packet should be 40 instead
of 36. This issue was found from /sys/kernel/debug/ncsi/eth0/stats.
# ethtool --ncsi eth0 swstats
:
RESPONSE OK TIMEOUT ERROR
=======================================
GVI 0 0 2
With this applied, no error reported on GVI response packets:
# ethtool --ncsi eth0 swstats
:
RESPONSE OK TIMEOUT ERROR
=======================================
GVI 2 0 0
Signed-off-by: Gavin Shan <gwshan@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Mendoza-Jonas <sam@mendozajonas.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The NCSI channel has been configured to provide service if its link
monitor timer is enabled, regardless of its state (inactive or active).
So the timeout event on the link monitor indicates the out-of-service
on that channel, for which a failover is needed.
This sets NCSI_DEV_RESHUFFLE flag to enforce failover on link monitor
timeout, regardless the channel's original state (inactive or active).
Also, the link is put into "down" state to give the failing channel
lowest priority when selecting for the active channel. The state of
failing channel should be set to active in order for deinitialization
and failover to be done.
Signed-off-by: Gavin Shan <gwshan@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Mendoza-Jonas <sam@mendozajonas.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When there are no NCSI channels probed, HWA (Hardware Arbitration)
mode is enabled. It's not correct because HWA depends on the fact:
NCSI channels exist and all of them support HWA mode. This disables
HWA when no channels are probed.
Signed-off-by: Gavin Shan <gwshan@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Mendoza-Jonas <sam@mendozajonas.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ncsi_channel_monitor() misses stopping the channel monitor in several
places that it should, causing a WARN_ON_ONCE() to trigger when the
monitor is re-started later, eg:
[ 459.040000] WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 1093 at net/ncsi/ncsi-manage.c:269 ncsi_start_channel_monitor+0x7c/0x90
[ 459.040000] CPU: 0 PID: 1093 Comm: kworker/0:3 Not tainted 4.10.17-gaca2fdd #140
[ 459.040000] Hardware name: ASpeed SoC
[ 459.040000] Workqueue: events ncsi_dev_work
[ 459.040000] [<80010094>] (unwind_backtrace) from [<8000d950>] (show_stack+0x20/0x24)
[ 459.040000] [<8000d950>] (show_stack) from [<801dbf70>] (dump_stack+0x20/0x28)
[ 459.040000] [<801dbf70>] (dump_stack) from [<80018d7c>] (__warn+0xe0/0x108)
[ 459.040000] [<80018d7c>] (__warn) from [<80018e70>] (warn_slowpath_null+0x30/0x38)
[ 459.040000] [<80018e70>] (warn_slowpath_null) from [<803f6a08>] (ncsi_start_channel_monitor+0x7c/0x90)
[ 459.040000] [<803f6a08>] (ncsi_start_channel_monitor) from [<803f7664>] (ncsi_configure_channel+0xdc/0x5fc)
[ 459.040000] [<803f7664>] (ncsi_configure_channel) from [<803f8160>] (ncsi_dev_work+0xac/0x474)
[ 459.040000] [<803f8160>] (ncsi_dev_work) from [<8002d244>] (process_one_work+0x1e0/0x450)
[ 459.040000] [<8002d244>] (process_one_work) from [<8002d510>] (worker_thread+0x5c/0x570)
[ 459.040000] [<8002d510>] (worker_thread) from [<80033614>] (kthread+0x124/0x164)
[ 459.040000] [<80033614>] (kthread) from [<8000a5e8>] (ret_from_fork+0x14/0x2c)
This also updates the monitor instead of just returning if
ncsi_xmit_cmd() fails to send the get-link-status command so that the
monitor properly times out.
Fixes: e6f44ed6d0 "net/ncsi: Package and channel management"
Signed-off-by: Samuel Mendoza-Jonas <sam@mendozajonas.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Correct the value of the HNCDSC AEN packet.
Fixes: 7a82ecf4cf "net/ncsi: NCSI AEN packet handler"
Signed-off-by: Samuel Mendoza-Jonas <sam@mendozajonas.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ipv4_default_advmss() incorrectly uses the device MTU instead
of the route provided one. IPv6 has the proper behavior,
lets harmonize the two protocols.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
syzkaller got crashes in packet_getsockopt() processing
PACKET_ROLLOVER_STATS command while another thread was managing
to change po->rollover
Using RCU will fix this bug. We might later add proper RCU annotations
for sparse sake.
In v2: I replaced kfree(rollover) in fanout_add() to kfree_rcu()
variant, as spotted by John.
Fixes: a9b6391814 ("packet: rollover statistics")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Cc: John Sperbeck <jsperbeck@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Stefan Schmidt says:
====================
pull-request: ieee802154 2017-10-18
Please find below a pull request from the ieee802154 subsystem for net-next.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
syn_data was allocated by sk_stream_alloc_skb(), meaning
its destructor and _skb_refdst fields are mangled.
We need to call tcp_skb_tsorted_anchor_cleanup() before
calling kfree_skb() or kernel crashes.
Bug was reported by syzkaller bot.
Fixes: e2080072ed ("tcp: new list for sent but unacked skbs for RACK recovery")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Dmitry Vyukov <dvyukov@google.com>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The commit 2b760fcf5c ("ipv6: hook up exception table to store
dst cache") partially reverted the commit 1e2ea8ad37 ("ipv6: set
dst.obsolete when a cached route has expired").
As a result, RTF_CACHE dst referenced outside the fib tree will
not be removed until the next sernum change; dst_check() does not
fail on aged-out dst, and dst->__refcnt can't decrease: the aged
out dst will stay valid for a potentially unlimited time after the
timeout expiration.
This change explicitly removes RTF_CACHE dst from the fib tree when
aged out. The rt6_remove_exception() logic will then obsolete the
dst and other entities will drop the related reference on next
dst_check().
pMTU exceptions are not aged-out, and are removed from the exception
table only when the - usually considerably longer - ip6_rt_mtu_expires
timeout expires.
v1 -> v2:
- do not touch dst.obsolete in rt6_remove_exception(), not needed
v2 -> v3:
- take care of pMTU exceptions, too
Fixes: 2b760fcf5c ("ipv6: hook up exception table to store dst cache")
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After the commit 2b760fcf5c ("ipv6: hook up exception table
to store dst cache"), the fib6 gc is not started after the
creation of a RTF_CACHE via a redirect or pmtu update, since
fib6_add() isn't invoked anymore for such dsts.
We need the fib6 gc to run periodically to clean the RTF_CACHE,
or the dst will stay there forever.
Fix it by explicitly calling fib6_force_start_gc() on successful
exception creation. gc_args->more accounting will ensure that
the gc timer will run for whatever time needed to properly
clean the table.
v2 -> v3:
- clarified the commit message
Fixes: 2b760fcf5c ("ipv6: hook up exception table to store dst cache")
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce the map read/write flags to the eBPF syscalls that returns the
map fd. The flags is used to set up the file mode when construct a new
file descriptor for bpf maps. To not break the backward capability, the
f_flags is set to O_RDWR if the flag passed by syscall is 0. Otherwise
it should be O_RDONLY or O_WRONLY. When the userspace want to modify or
read the map content, it will check the file mode to see if it is
allowed to make the change.
Signed-off-by: Chenbo Feng <fengc@google.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All of the notifier data (fib_info, tos, type and table id) are
contained in the fib_alias. Pass it to the notifier instead of
each data separately shortening the argument list by 3.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
New socket option TCP_FASTOPEN_KEY to allow different keys per
listener. The listener by default uses the global key until the
socket option is set. The key is a 16 bytes long binary data. This
option has no effect on regular non-listener TCP sockets.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Paasch <cpaasch@apple.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add extack to in_validator_info and in6_validator_info. Update the one
user of each, ipvlan, to return an error message for failures.
Only manual configuration of an address is plumbed in the IPv6 code path.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
inet6addr_validator chain was added by commit 3ad7d2468f ("Ipvlan
should return an error when an address is already in use") to allow
address validation before changes are committed and to be able to
fail the address change with an error back to the user. The address
validation is not done for addresses received from router
advertisements.
Handling RAs in softirq context is the only reason for the notifier
chain to be atomic versus blocking. Since the only current user, ipvlan,
of the validator chain ignores softirq context, the notifier can be made
blocking and simply not invoked for softirq path.
The blocking option is needed by spectrum for example to validate
resources for an adding an address to an interface.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ipv6_add_addr is called in process context with rtnl lock held
(e.g., manual config of an address) or during softirq processing
(e.g., autoconf and address from a router advertisement).
Currently, ipv6_add_addr calls rcu_read_lock_bh shortly after entry
and does not call unlock until exit, minus the call around the address
validator notifier. Similarly, addrconf_hash_lock is taken after the
validator notifier and held until exit. This forces the allocation of
inet6_ifaddr to always be atomic.
Refactor ipv6_add_addr as follows:
1. add an input boolean to discriminate the call path (process context
or softirq). This new flag controls whether the alloc can be done
with GFP_KERNEL or GFP_ATOMIC.
2. Move the rcu_read_lock_bh and unlock calls only around functions that
do rcu updates.
3. Remove the in6_dev_hold and put added by 3ad7d2468f ("Ipvlan should
return an error when an address is already in use."). This was done
presumably because rcu_read_unlock_bh needs to be called before calling
the validator. Since rcu_read_lock is not needed before the validator
runs revert the hold and put added by 3ad7d2468f and only do the
hold when setting ifp->idev.
4. move duplicate address check and insertion of new address in the global
address hash into a helper. The helper is called after an ifa is
allocated and filled in.
This allows the ifa for manually configured addresses to be done with
GFP_KERNEL and reduces the overall amount of time with rcu_read_lock held
and hash table spinlock held.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the netdevice field is not set and the egdev instance
is not functional, fix that.
Fixes: 3f55bdda8df ('net: sched: introduce per-egress action device callbacks')
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The skb->mark field is a union with reserved_tailroom which is used
in the TCP code paths from stream memory allocation. Allowing SK_SKB
programs to set this field creates a conflict with future code
optimizations, such as "gifting" the skb to the egress path instead
of creating a new skb and doing a memcpy.
Because we do not have a released version of SK_SKB yet lets just
remove it for now. A more appropriate scratch pad to use at the
socket layer is dev_scratch, but lets add that in future kernels
when needed.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SK_SKB BPF programs are run from the socket/tcp context but early in
the stack before much of the TCP metadata is needed in tcp_skb_cb. So
we can use some unused fields to place BPF metadata needed for SK_SKB
programs when implementing the redirect function.
This allows us to drop the preempt disable logic. It does however
require an API change so sk_redirect_map() has been updated to
additionally provide ctx_ptr to skb. Note, we do however continue to
disable/enable preemption around actual BPF program running to account
for map updates.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now sctp processes icmp redirect packet in sctp_icmp_redirect where
it calls sctp_transport_dst_check in which tp->dst can be released.
The problem is before calling sctp_transport_dst_check, it doesn't
check sock_owned_by_user, which means tp->dst could be freed while
a process is accessing it with owning the socket.
An use-after-free issue could be triggered by this.
This patch is to fix it by checking sock_owned_by_user before calling
sctp_transport_dst_check in sctp_icmp_redirect, so that it would not
release tp->dst if users still hold sock lock.
Besides, the same issue fixed in commit 45caeaa5ac ("dccp/tcp: fix
routing redirect race") on sctp also needs this check.
Fixes: 55be7a9c60 ("ipv4: Add redirect support to all protocol icmp error handlers")
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=YkMB
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'rxrpc-next-20171018' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dhowells/linux-fs
David Howells says:
====================
rxrpc: Add bits for kernel services
Here are some patches that add a few things for kernel services to use:
(1) Allow service upgrade to be requested and allow the resultant actual
service ID to be obtained.
(2) Allow the RTT time of a call to be obtained.
(3) Allow a kernel service to find out if a call is still alive on a
server between transmitting a request and getting the reply.
(4) Allow data transmission to ignore signals if transmission progress is
being made in reasonable time. This is also usable by userspace by
passing MSG_WAITALL to sendmsg()[*].
[*] I'm not sure this is the right interface for this or whether a sockopt
should be used instead.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After the change to the tp hash, we now get a build warning
on 32-bit architectures:
net/sched/cls_u32.c: In function 'tc_u_hash':
net/sched/cls_u32.c:338:17: error: cast from pointer to integer of different size [-Werror=pointer-to-int-cast]
return hash_64((u64) tp->chain->block, U32_HASH_SHIFT);
Using hash_ptr() instead of hash_64() lets us drop the cast
and fixes the warning while still resulting in the same hash
value.
Fixes: 7fa9d974f3 ("net: sched: cls_u32: use block instead of q in tc_u_common")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The tipc_alloc_conn() function never returns NULL, it returns error
pointers, so I have fixed the check.
Fixes: 14c04493cb ("tipc: add ability to order and receive topology events in driver")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The transport may need to flush transport connect and receive tasks
that are running on rpciod. In order to do so safely, we need to
ensure that the caller of cancel_work_sync() etc is not itself
running on rpciod.
Do so by running the destroy task from the system workqueue.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
In preparation to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough, mark switch cases
where we are expecting to fall through.
Notice that in this particular case I replaced the "NOBREAK" comment with
a "fall through" comment, which is what GCC is expecting to find.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <garsilva@embeddedor.com>
Acked-by: Guillaume Nault <g.nault@alphalink.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now when peeling off an association to the sock in another netns, all
transports in this assoc are not to be rehashed and keep use the old
key in hashtable.
As a transport uses sk->net as the hash key to insert into hashtable,
it would miss removing these transports from hashtable due to the new
netns when closing the sock and all transports are being freeed, then
later an use-after-free issue could be caused when looking up an asoc
and dereferencing those transports.
This is a very old issue since very beginning, ChunYu found it with
syzkaller fuzz testing with this series:
socket$inet6_sctp()
bind$inet6()
sendto$inet6()
unshare(0x40000000)
getsockopt$inet_sctp6_SCTP_GET_ASSOC_ID_LIST()
getsockopt$inet_sctp6_SCTP_SOCKOPT_PEELOFF()
This patch is to block this call when peeling one assoc off from one
netns to another one, so that the netns of all transport would not
go out-sync with the key in hashtable.
Note that this patch didn't fix it by rehashing transports, as it's
difficult to handle the situation when the tuple is already in use
in the new netns. Besides, no one would like to peel off one assoc
to another netns, considering ipaddrs, ifaces, etc. are usually
different.
Reported-by: ChunYu Wang <chunwang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The pointer opt has a null check however before for this check opt is
dereferenced when len is initialized, hence we potentially have a null
pointer deference on opt. Avoid this by checking for a null opt before
dereferencing it.
Detected by CoverityScan, CID#1458234 ("Dereference before null check")
Fixes: 4e8b86c062 ("mqprio: Introduce new hardware offload mode and shaper in mqprio")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the missing check and error handling for out-of-memory
situations, when kzalloc cannot allocate memory.
Fixes: cb5635a367 ("can: complete initial namespace support")
Acked-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Cc: linux-stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
"proto_tab" is a RCU protected array, when directly accessing the array,
sparse throws these warnings:
CHECK /srv/work/frogger/socketcan/linux/net/can/af_can.c
net/can/af_can.c:115:14: error: incompatible types in comparison expression (different address spaces)
net/can/af_can.c:795:17: error: incompatible types in comparison expression (different address spaces)
net/can/af_can.c:816:9: error: incompatible types in comparison expression (different address spaces)
This patch fixes the problem by using rcu_access_pointer() and
annotating "proto_tab" array as __rcu.
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
The assignment of net via call sock_net will dereference sk. This
is performed before a sanity null check on sk, so there could be
a potential null dereference on the sock_net call if sk is null.
Fix this by assigning net after the sk null check. Also replace
the sk == NULL with the more usual !sk idiom.
Detected by CoverityScan CID#1431862 ("Dereference before null check")
Fixes: 384317ef41 ("can: network namespace support for CAN_BCM protocol")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2017-10-17
This series contains updates to i40e and ethtool.
Alan provides most of the changes in this series which are mainly fixes
and cleanups. Renamed the ethtool "cmd" variable to "ks", since the new
ethtool API passes us ksettings structs instead of command structs.
Cleaned up an ifdef that was not accomplishing anything. Added function
header comments to provide better documentation. Fixed two issues in
i40e_get_link_ksettings(), by calling
ethtool_link_ksettings_zero_link_mode() to ensure the advertising and
link masks are cleared before we start setting bits. Cleaned up and fixed
code comments which were incorrect. Separated the setting of autoneg in
i40e_phy_types_to_ethtool() into its own conditional to clarify what PHYs
support and advertise autoneg, and makes it easier to add new PHY types in
the future. Added ethtool functionality to intersect two link masks
together to find the common ground between them. Overhauled i40e to
ensure that the new ethtool API macros are being used, instead of the
old ones. Fixed the usage of unsigned 64-bit division which is not
supported on all architectures.
Sudheer adds support for 25G Active Optical Cables (AOC) and Active Copper
Cables (ACC) PHY types.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I tried to hard avoiding a call to rb_first() (via tcp_rtx_queue_head)
in tcp_xmit_retransmit_queue(). But this was probably too bold.
Quoting Yuchung :
We might miss re-arming the RTO if tp->retransmit_skb_hint is not NULL.
This can happen when RACK marks the first packet lost again and resets
tp->retransmit_skb_hint for example (tcp_rack_mark_skb_lost())
Fixes: 75c119afe1 ("tcp: implement rb-tree based retransmit queue")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since we are now doing strict checking of what offloads
may access, make sure skb->len is on that list.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the fact that verifier ops are now separate from program
ops to define a separate set of callbacks for verification of
already translated programs.
Since we expect the analyzer ops to be defined only for
a small subset of all program types initialize their array
by hand (don't use linux/bpf_types.h).
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct bpf_verifier_ops contains both verifier ops and operations
used later during program's lifetime (test_run). Split the runtime
ops into a different structure.
BPF_PROG_TYPE() will now append ## _prog_ops or ## _verifier_ops
to the names.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough, mark switch cases
where we are expecting to fall through.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <garsilva@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough, mark switch cases
where we are expecting to fall through.
Notice that in some cases I placed the "fall through" comment
on its own line, which is what GCC is expecting to find.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <garsilva@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough, mark switch cases
where we are expecting to fall through.
Notice that in some cases I placed the "fall through" comment
on its own line, which is what GCC is expecting to find.
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 115108
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <garsilva@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough, mark switch cases
where we are expecting to fall through.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <garsilva@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to
all timer callbacks, switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer()
to pass the timer pointer explicitly.
Cc: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
Cc: Anna Schumaker <anna.schumaker@netapp.com>
Cc: "J. Bruce Fields" <bfields@fieldses.org>
Cc: Jeff Layton <jlayton@poochiereds.net>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: linux-nfs@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to
all timer callbacks, switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer()
to pass the timer pointer explicitly.
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru>
Cc: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to
all timer callbacks, switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer()
to pass the timer pointer explicitly. Also drops a redundant initialization
that is already set up by DEFINE_TIMER.
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Cc: "Reshetova, Elena" <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Cc: Bhumika Goyal <bhumirks@gmail.com>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Cc: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Cc: Augusto Mecking Caringi <augustocaringi@gmail.com>
Cc: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Cc: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to
all timer callbacks, switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer()
to pass the timer pointer explicitly for all users of sk_timer.
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Cc: Andrew Hendry <andrew.hendry@gmail.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Cc: Julia Lawall <julia.lawall@lip6.fr>
Cc: linzhang <xiaolou4617@gmail.com>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: linux-hams@vger.kernel.org
Cc: linux-x25@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The core sk_timer initializer can provide the common .data assignment
instead of it being set separately in users.
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Cc: Andrew Hendry <andrew.hendry@gmail.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Cc: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
Cc: linzhang <xiaolou4617@gmail.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: linux-hams@vger.kernel.org
Cc: linux-x25@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to
all timer callbacks, switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer()
to pass the timer pointer explicitly.
Cc: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Cc: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru>
Cc: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Cc: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Cc: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Cc: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Cc: linux-wpan@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netfilter-devel@vger.kernel.org
Cc: coreteam@netfilter.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com> # for ieee802154
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to
all timer callbacks, switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer()
to pass the timer pointer explicitly.
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Cc: Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru>
Cc: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: dccp@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to
all timer callbacks, switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer()
to pass the timer pointer explicitly. This introduces a pointer back to the
struct ip_set, which is used instead of the struct timer_list .data field.
Cc: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Cc: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Cc: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Cc: simran singhal <singhalsimran0@gmail.com>
Cc: Muhammad Falak R Wani <falakreyaz@gmail.com>
Cc: netfilter-devel@vger.kernel.org
Cc: coreteam@netfilter.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to
all timer callbacks, switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer()
to pass the timer pointer explicitly. Add pointer back to Qdisc.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to
all timer callbacks, switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer()
to pass the timer pointer explicitly.
Cc: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Cc: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: linux-can@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to
all timer callbacks, switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer()
helper to pass the timer pointer explicitly.
Cc: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to
all timer callbacks, switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer()
to pass the timer pointer explicitly.
Cc: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: linux-hams@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to
all timer callbacks, switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer()
to pass the timer pointer explicitly.
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Cc: "Reshetova, Elena" <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Cc: linux-x25@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to
all timer callbacks, switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer()
to pass the timer pointer explicitly.
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Cc: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Cc: linux-decnet-user@lists.sourceforge.net
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dsa_port structure has a "netdev" member, which can be used for
either the master device, or the slave device, depending on its type.
It is true that today, CPU port are not exposed to userspace, thus the
port's netdev member can be used to point to its master interface.
But it is still slightly confusing, so split it into more explicit
"master" and "slave" members inside an anonymous union.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dsa_master_get_slave is slightly confusing since the idiomatic "get"
term often suggests reference counting, in symmetry to "put".
Rename it to dsa_master_find_slave to make the look up operation clear.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Many part of the DSA slave code require to get the master device
assigned to a slave device. Remove dsa_master_netdev() in favor of a
dsa_slave_to_master() helper which does that.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure
corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a
dsa_slave_to_port() helper.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Both DSA slave create and destroy functions call call_dsa_notifiers with
respectively DSA_PORT_REGISTER and DSA_PORT_UNREGISTER and the same
dsa_notifier_register_info structure.
Wrap this in a dsa_slave_notify helper so prevent cluttering these
functions.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When dsa_slave_create is called, the related port already has a CPU port
assigned to it, available in its cpu_dp member. Use it instead of the
unique tree cpu_dp.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It seems that it's possible to toggle NETLINK_F_EXT_ACK
through setsockopt() while another thread/CPU is building
a message inside netlink_ack(), which could then trigger
the WARN_ON()s I added since if it goes from being turned
off to being turned on between allocating and filling the
message, the skb could end up being too small.
Avoid this whole situation by storing the value of this
flag in a separate variable and using that throughout the
function instead.
Fixes: 2d4bc93368 ("netlink: extended ACK reporting")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When netlink_ack() reports an allocation error to the sending
socket, there's no need to look up the sending socket since
it's available in the SKB's CB. Use that instead of going to
the trouble of looking it up.
Note that the pointer is only available since Eric Biederman's
commit 3fbc290540 ("netlink: Make the sending netlink socket availabe in NETLINK_CB")
which is far newer than the original lookup code (Oct 2003)
(though the field was called 'ssk' in that commit and only got
renamed to 'sk' later, I'd actually argue 'ssk' was better - or
perhaps it should've been 'source_sk' - since there are so many
different 'sk's involved.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes cpumap functional, by adding SKB allocation and
invoking the network stack on the dequeuing CPU.
For constructing the SKB on the remote CPU, the xdp_buff in converted
into a struct xdp_pkt, and it mapped into the top headroom of the
packet, to avoid allocating separate mem. For now, struct xdp_pkt is
just a cpumap internal data structure, with info carried between
enqueue to dequeue.
If a driver doesn't have enough headroom it is simply dropped, with
return code -EOVERFLOW. This will be picked up the xdp tracepoint
infrastructure, to allow users to catch this.
V2: take into account xdp->data_meta
V4:
- Drop busypoll tricks, keeping it more simple.
- Skip RPS and Generic-XDP-recursive-reinjection, suggested by Alexei
V5: correct RCU read protection around __netif_receive_skb_core.
V6: Setting TASK_RUNNING vs TASK_INTERRUPTIBLE based on talk with Rik van Riel
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch connects cpumap to the xdp_do_redirect_map infrastructure.
Still no SKB allocation are done yet. The XDP frames are transferred
to the other CPU, but they are simply refcnt decremented on the remote
CPU. This served as a good benchmark for measuring the overhead of
remote refcnt decrement. If driver page recycle cache is not
efficient then this, exposes a bottleneck in the page allocator.
A shout-out to MST's ptr_ring, which is the secret behind is being so
efficient to transfer memory pointers between CPUs, without constantly
bouncing cache-lines between CPUs.
V3: Handle !CONFIG_BPF_SYSCALL pointed out by kbuild test robot.
V4: Make Generic-XDP aware of cpumap type, but don't allow redirect yet,
as implementation require a separate upstream discussion.
V5:
- Fix a maybe-uninitialized pointed out by kbuild test robot.
- Restrict bpf-prog side access to cpumap, open when use-cases appear
- Implement cpu_map_enqueue() as a more simple void pointer enqueue
V6:
- Allow cpumap type for usage in helper bpf_redirect_map,
general bpf-prog side restriction moved to earlier patch.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make AF_RXRPC accept MSG_WAITALL as a flag to sendmsg() to tell it to
ignore signals whilst loading up the message queue, provided progress is
being made in emptying the queue at the other side.
Progress is defined as the base of the transmit window having being
advanced within 2 RTT periods. If the period is exceeded with no progress,
sendmsg() will return anyway, indicating how much data has been copied, if
any.
Once the supplied buffer is entirely decanted, the sendmsg() will return.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Provide a couple of functions to allow cleaner handling of signals in a
kernel service. They are:
(1) rxrpc_kernel_get_rtt()
This allows the kernel service to find out the RTT time for a call, so
as to better judge how large a timeout to employ.
Note, though, that whilst this returns a value in nanoseconds, the
timeouts can only actually be in jiffies.
(2) rxrpc_kernel_check_life()
This returns a number that is updated when ACKs are received from the
peer (notably including PING RESPONSE ACKs which we can elicit by
sending PING ACKs to see if the call still exists on the server).
The caller should compare the numbers of two calls to see if the call
is still alive.
These can be used to provide an extending timeout rather than returning
immediately in the case that a signal occurs that would otherwise abort an
RPC operation. The timeout would be extended if the server is still
responsive and the call is still apparently alive on the server.
For most operations this isn't that necessary - but for FS.StoreData it is:
OpenAFS writes the data to storage as it comes in without making a backup,
so if we immediately abort it when partially complete on a CTRL+C, say, we
have no idea of the state of the file after the abort.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Provide support for a kernel service to make use of the service upgrade
facility. This involves:
(1) Pass an upgrade request flag to rxrpc_kernel_begin_call().
(2) Make rxrpc_kernel_recv_data() return the call's current service ID so
that the caller can detect service upgrade and see what the service
was upgraded to.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Consolidate KEY_FLAG_INSTANTIATED, KEY_FLAG_NEGATIVE and the rejection
error into one field such that:
(1) The instantiation state can be modified/read atomically.
(2) The error can be accessed atomically with the state.
(3) The error isn't stored unioned with the payload pointers.
This deals with the problem that the state is spread over three different
objects (two bits and a separate variable) and reading or updating them
atomically isn't practical, given that not only can uninstantiated keys
change into instantiated or rejected keys, but rejected keys can also turn
into instantiated keys - and someone accessing the key might not be using
any locking.
The main side effect of this problem is that what was held in the payload
may change, depending on the state. For instance, you might observe the
key to be in the rejected state. You then read the cached error, but if
the key semaphore wasn't locked, the key might've become instantiated
between the two reads - and you might now have something in hand that isn't
actually an error code.
The state is now KEY_IS_UNINSTANTIATED, KEY_IS_POSITIVE or a negative error
code if the key is negatively instantiated. The key_is_instantiated()
function is replaced with key_is_positive() to avoid confusion as negative
keys are also 'instantiated'.
Additionally, barriering is included:
(1) Order payload-set before state-set during instantiation.
(2) Order state-read before payload-read when using the key.
Further separate barriering is necessary if RCU is being used to access the
payload content after reading the payload pointers.
Fixes: 146aa8b145 ("KEYS: Merge the type-specific data with the payload data")
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # v4.4+
Reported-by: Eric Biggers <ebiggers@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Biggers <ebiggers@google.com>
Ben reported that when the user rate mask is rejected for not
matching any basic rate, the driver had already been configured.
This is clearly an oversight in my original change, fix this by
doing the validation before calling the driver.
Reported-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Fixes: e8e4f5280d ("mac80211: reject/clear user rate mask if not usable")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If we try to connect while already connected/connecting, but
this fails, we set ssid_len=0 but leave current_bss hanging,
leading to errors.
Check all of this better, first of all ensuring that we can't
try to connect to a different SSID while connected/ing; ensure
that prev_bssid is set for re-association attempts even in the
case of the driver supporting the connect() method, and don't
reset ssid_len in the failure cases.
While at it, also reset ssid_len while disconnecting unless we
were connected and expect a disconnected event, and warn on a
successful connection without ssid_len being set.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Otherwise we risk leaking information via timing side channel.
Fixes: fdf7cb4185 ("mac80211: accept key reinstall without changing anything")
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This function provides a way to intersect two link masks together to
find the common ground between them. For example in i40e, the driver
first generates link masks for what is supported by the PHY type. The
driver then gets the link masks for what the NVM supports. The
resulting intersection between them yields what can truly be supported.
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In commit 32302902ff ("mqprio: Reserve last 32 classid values for HW
traffic classes and misc IDs") sch_mqprio started using netdev_txq_to_tc
to find the correct tc instead of dev->tc_to_txq[]
However, when mqprio is compiled as a module, it cannot resolve the
symbol, leading to this error:
ERROR: "netdev_txq_to_tc" [net/sched/sch_mqprio.ko] undefined!
This adds an EXPORT_SYMBOL() since the other user in the kernel
(netif_set_xps_queue) is also EXPORT_SYMBOL() (and not _GPL) or in a
sysfs-callback.
Cc: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Cc: Jesus Sanchez-Palencia <jesus.sanchez-palencia@intel.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Henrik Austad <haustad@cisco.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The neighbor compare API implementation for B.A.T.M.A.N. V checks whether
the neigh_ifinfo for this neighbor on a specific interface exists. A
warning is printed when it isn't found.
But it is not called inside a lock which would prevent that this
information is lost right before batadv_neigh_ifinfo_get. It must therefore
be expected that batadv_v_neigh_(cmp|is_sob) might not be able to get the
requested neigh_ifinfo.
A WARN_ON for such a situation seems not to be appropriate because this
will only flood the kernel logs. The warnings must therefore be removed.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@openmesh.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
In commit 2f487712b8 ("tipc: guarantee that group broadcast doesn't
bypass group unicast") there was introduced a last-minute rebasing
error that broke non-group communication.
We fix this here.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=Iwyf
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2017-10-16' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Just a single fix, for a WoWLAN-related part of CVE-2017-13080.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rtnl af_ops currently rely on rtnl mutex: unregister (called from module
exit functions) takes the rtnl mutex and all users that do af_ops lookup
also take the rtnl mutex. IOW, parallel rmmod will block until doit()
callback is done.
As none of the af_ops implementation sleep we can use rcu instead.
doit functions that need the af_ops can now use rcu instead of the
rtnl mutex provided the mutex isn't needed for other reasons.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
next patch will rcu-ify rtnl af_ops, i.e. allow af_ops
lookup and function calls with rcu read lock held instead
of rtnl mutex.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The structure tcp_cdg is local to the source and
does not need to be in global scope, so make it static.
Cleans up sparse warning:
symbol 'tcp_cdg' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When changing dev tx_queue_len via netlink or net-sysfs,
a NETDEV_CHANGE_TX_QUEUE_LEN event notification will be
called.
But dev_ioctl missed this event notification, which could
cause no userspace notification would be sent.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 7091d8c '(net/sched: cls_flower: Add offload support using egress
Hardware device') made sure (when fl_hw_replace_filter is called) to put
the egress_dev mark on persisent structure instance. Hence, following calls
into the HW driver for stats and deletion will note it and act accordingly.
With commit de4784ca03 this property is lost and hence when called,
the HW driver failes to operate (stats, delete) on the offloaded flow.
Fix it by setting the egress_dev flag whenever the ingress device is
different from the hw device since this is exactly the condition under
which we're calling into the HW driver through the egress port net-device.
Fixes: de4784ca03 ('net: sched: get rid of struct tc_to_netdev')
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough, mark switch cases
where we are expecting to fall through.
Notice that for options.c file, I placed the "fall through" comment
on its own line, which is what GCC is expecting to find.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <garsilva@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to not dirty the cacheline too often, we try to only update
dst->__use and dst->lastusetime at most once per jiffy.
As dst->lastusetime is only used by ipv6 garbage collector, it should
be good enough time resolution.
And __use is only used in ipv6_route_seq_show() to show how many times a
dst has been used. And as __use is not atomic_t right now, it does not
show the precise number of usage times anyway. So we think it should be
OK to only update it at most once per jiffy.
According to my latest syn flood test on a machine with intel Xeon 6th
gen processor and 2 10G mlx nics bonded together, each with 8 rx queues
on 2 NUMA nodes:
With this patch, the packet process rate increases from ~3.49Mpps to
~3.75Mpps with a 7% increase rate.
Note: dst_use() is being renamed to dst_hold_and_use() to better specify
the purpose of the function.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@googl.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In fib6_locate(), we need to first make sure fn is not NULL before doing
FIB6_SUBTREE(fn) to avoid crash.
This fixes the following static checker warning:
net/ipv6/ip6_fib.c:1462 fib6_locate()
warn: variable dereferenced before check 'fn' (see line 1459)
net/ipv6/ip6_fib.c
1458 if (src_len) {
1459 struct fib6_node *subtree = FIB6_SUBTREE(fn);
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
We shifted this dereference
1460
1461 WARN_ON(saddr == NULL);
1462 if (fn && subtree)
^^
before the check for NULL.
1463 fn = fib6_locate_1(subtree, saddr, src_len,
1464 offsetof(struct rt6_info, rt6i_src)
Fixes: 66f5d6ce53 ("ipv6: replace rwlock with rcu and spinlock in fib6_table")
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
register_netdevice() could fail early when we have an invalid
dev name, in which case ->ndo_uninit() is not called. For tun
device, this is a problem because a timer etc. are already
initialized and it expects ->ndo_uninit() to clean them up.
We could move these initializations into a ->ndo_init() so
that register_netdevice() knows better, however this is still
complicated due to the logic in tun_detach().
Therefore, I choose to just call dev_get_valid_name() before
register_netdevice(), which is quicker and much easier to audit.
And for this specific case, it is already enough.
Fixes: 96442e4242 ("tuntap: choose the txq based on rxq")
Reported-by: Dmitry Alexeev <avekceeb@gmail.com>
Cc: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Cc: "Michael S. Tsirkin" <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The callers have this info, they will pass it down to tcf_fill_node.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use tcf_block_q helper to get q pointer to be used for direct call of
sch_tree_lock/unlock instead of tcf_tree_lock/unlock.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tc_u_common is now per-q. With blocks, it has to be converted to be
per-block.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of using tp->q, use block to get the net pointer.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Store net pointer in the block structure. Along the way, introduce
qdisc_net helper which allows to easily obtain net pointer for
qdisc instance.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Prepare for removal of tp->q and store Qdisc pointer in the block
structure.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes a slight tweak to mqprio in order to bring the
classid values used back in line with what is used for mq. The general idea
is to reserve values :ffe0 - :ffef to identify hardware traffic classes
normally reported via dev->num_tc. By doing this we can maintain a
consistent behavior with mq for classid where :1 - :ffdf will represent a
physical qdisc mapped onto a Tx queue represented by classid - 1, and the
traffic classes will be mapped onto a known subset of classid values
reserved for our virtual qdiscs.
Note I reserved the range from :fff0 - :ffff since this way we might be
able to reuse these classid values with clsact and ingress which would mean
that for mq, mqprio, ingress, and clsact we should be able to maintain a
similar classid layout.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jesus Sanchez-Palencia <jesus.sanchez-palencia@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IFLA_IFALIAS is defined as NLA_STRING. It means that the minimal length of
the attribute is 1 ("\0"). However, to remove an alias, the attribute
length must be 0 (see dev_set_alias()).
Let's define the type to NLA_BINARY to allow 0-length string, so that the
alias can be removed.
Example:
$ ip l s dummy0 alias foo
$ ip l l dev dummy0
5: dummy0: <BROADCAST,NOARP> mtu 1500 qdisc noop state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000
link/ether ae:20:30:4f:a7:f3 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff
alias foo
Before the patch:
$ ip l s dummy0 alias ""
RTNETLINK answers: Numerical result out of range
After the patch:
$ ip l s dummy0 alias ""
$ ip l l dev dummy0
5: dummy0: <BROADCAST,NOARP> mtu 1500 qdisc noop state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000
link/ether ae:20:30:4f:a7:f3 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff
CC: Oliver Hartkopp <oliver@hartkopp.net>
CC: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Fixes: 96ca4a2cc1 ("net: remove ifalias on empty given alias")
Reported-by: Julien FLoret <julien.floret@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NETDEV_CHANGE_TX_QUEUE_LEN event process in rtnetlink_event would
send a notification for userspace and tx_queue_len's setting in
do_setlink would trigger NETDEV_CHANGE_TX_QUEUE_LEN.
So it shouldn't set DO_SETLINK_NOTIFY status for this change to
send a notification any more.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The check 'status & DO_SETLINK_NOTIFY' in do_setlink doesn't really
work after status & DO_SETLINK_MODIFIED, as:
DO_SETLINK_MODIFIED 0x1
DO_SETLINK_NOTIFY 0x3
Considering that notifications are suppposed to be sent only when
status have the flag DO_SETLINK_NOTIFY, the right check would be:
(status & DO_SETLINK_NOTIFY) == DO_SETLINK_NOTIFY
This would avoid lots of duplicated notifications when setting some
properties of a link.
Fixes: ba9989069f ("rtnl/do_setlink(): notify when a netdev is modified")
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
libteam needs this event notification in userspace when dev's master
dev has been changed. After this, the redundant notifications issue
would be fixed in the later patch 'rtnetlink: check DO_SETLINK_NOTIFY
correctly in do_setlink'.
Fixes: b6b36eb23a ("rtnetlink: Do not generate notifications for NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER event")
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As I said in patch 'rtnetlink: bring NETDEV_CHANGEMTU event process back
in rtnetlink_event', removing NETDEV_POST_TYPE_CHANGE event was not the
right fix for the redundant notifications issue.
So bring this event process back to rtnetlink_event and the old redundant
notifications issue would be fixed in the later patch 'rtnetlink: check
DO_SETLINK_NOTIFY correctly in do_setlink'.
Fixes: aef091ae58 ("rtnetlink: Do not generate notifications for POST_TYPE_CHANGE event")
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The same fix for changing mtu in the patch 'rtnetlink: bring
NETDEV_CHANGEMTU event process back in rtnetlink_event' is
needed for changing tx_queue_len.
Note that the redundant notifications issue for tx_queue_len
will be fixed in the later patch 'rtnetlink: do not send
notification for tx_queue_len in do_setlink'.
Fixes: 27b3b551d8 ("rtnetlink: Do not generate notifications for NETDEV_CHANGE_TX_QUEUE_LEN event")
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 085e1a65f0 ("rtnetlink: Do not generate notifications for MTU
events") tried to fix the redundant notifications issue when ip link
set mtu by removing NETDEV_CHANGEMTU event process in rtnetlink_event.
But it also resulted in no notification generated when dev's mtu is
changed via other methods, like:
'ifconfig eth1 mtu 1400' or 'echo 1400 > /sys/class/net/eth1/mtu'
It would cause users not to be notified by this change.
This patch is to fix it by bringing NETDEV_CHANGEMTU event back into
rtnetlink_event, and the redundant notifications issue will be fixed
in the later patch 'rtnetlink: check DO_SETLINK_NOTIFY correctly in
do_setlink'.
Fixes: 085e1a65f0 ("rtnetlink: Do not generate notifications for MTU events")
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Clean up: There are no remaining callers of this method.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
The "safe" version of ro_unmap is used here to avoid waiting
unnecessarily. However:
- It is safe to wait. After all, we have to wait anyway when using
FMR to register memory.
- This case is rare: it occurs only after a reconnect.
By switching this call site to ro_unmap_sync, the final use of
ro_unmap_safe is removed.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
In current kernels, waiting in xprt_release appears to be safe to
do. I had erroneously believed that for ASYNC RPCs, waiting of any
kind in xprt_release->xprt_rdma_free would result in deadlock. I've
done injection testing and consulted with Trond to confirm that
waiting in the RPC release path is safe.
For the very few times where RPC resources haven't yet been released
earlier by the reply handler, it is safe to wait synchronously in
xprt_rdma_free for invalidation rather than defering it to MR
recovery.
Note: When the QP is error state, posting a LocalInvalidate should
flush and mark the MR as bad. There is no way the remote HCA can
access that MR via a QP in error state, so it is effectively already
inaccessible and thus safe for the Upper Layer to access. The next
time the MR is used it should be recognized and cleaned up properly
by frwr_op_map.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
We remove the request from the receive list before we call
xprt_wait_on_pinned_rqst(), and so we need to use list_del_init().
Otherwise, we will see list corruption when xprt_complete_rqst()
is called.
Reported-by: Emre Celebi <emre@primarydata.com>
Fixes: ce7c252a8c ("SUNRPC: Add a separate spinlock to protect...")
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
When a key is reinstalled we can reset the replay counters
etc. which can lead to nonce reuse and/or replay detection
being impossible, breaking security properties, as described
in the "KRACK attacks".
In particular, CVE-2017-13080 applies to GTK rekeying that
happened in firmware while the host is in D3, with the second
part of the attack being done after the host wakes up. In
this case, the wpa_supplicant mitigation isn't sufficient
since wpa_supplicant doesn't know the GTK material.
In case this happens, simply silently accept the new key
coming from userspace but don't take any action on it since
it's the same key; this keeps the PN replay counters intact.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2017-10-13
This series contains updates to mqprio and i40e.
Amritha introduces a new hardware offload mode in tc/mqprio where the TCs,
the queue configurations and bandwidth rate limits are offloaded to the
hardware. The existing mqprio framework is extended to configure the queue
counts and layout and also added support for rate limiting. This is
achieved through new netlink attributes for the 'mode' option which takes
values such as 'dcb' (default) and 'channel' and a 'shaper' option for
QoS attributes such as bandwidth rate limits in hw mode 1. Legacy devices
can fall back to the existing setup supporting hw mode 1 without these
additional options where only the TCs are offloaded and then the 'mode'
and 'shaper' options defaults to DCB support. The i40e driver enables the
new mqprio hardware offload mechanism factoring the TCs, queue
configuration and bandwidth rates by creating HW channel VSIs.
In this new mode, the priority to traffic class mapping and the user
specified queue ranges are used to configure the traffic class when the
'mode' option is set to 'channel'. This is achieved by creating HW
channels(VSI). A new channel is created for each of the traffic class
configuration offloaded via mqprio framework except for the first TC (TC0)
which is for the main VSI. TC0 for the main VSI is also reconfigured as
per user provided queue parameters. Finally, bandwidth rate limits are set
on these traffic classes through the shaper attribute by sending these
rates in addition to the number of TCs and the queue configurations.
Colin Ian King makes an array of constant values "constant".
Alan fixes and issue where on some firmware versions, we were failing to
actually fill out the phy_types which caused ethtool to not report any
link types. Also hardened against a potentially malicious VF by not
letting the VF to reset itself after requesting to change the number of
queues (via ethtool), let the PF reset the VF to institute the requested
changes.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need a real-time notification for tcp retransmission
for monitoring.
Of course we could use ftrace to dynamically instrument this
kernel function too, however we can't retrieve the connection
information at the same time, for example perf-tools [1] reads
/proc/net/tcp for socket details, which is slow when we have
a lots of connections.
Therefore, this patch adds a tracepoint for __tcp_retransmit_skb()
and exposes src/dst IP addresses and ports of the connection.
This also makes it easier to integrate into perf.
Note, I expose both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses at the same time:
for a IPv4 socket, v4 mapped address is used as IPv6 addresses,
for a IPv6 socket, LOOPBACK4_IPV6 is already filled by kernel.
Also, add sk and skb pointers as they are useful for BPF.
1. https://github.com/brendangregg/perf-tools/blob/master/net/tcpretrans
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Alexei Starovoitov <alexei.starovoitov@gmail.com>
Cc: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Cc: Brendan Gregg <brendan.d.gregg@gmail.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Brendan Gregg <bgregg@netflix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Apparently ife_meta_id2name() is only called when
CONFIG_MODULES is defined.
This fixes:
net/sched/act_ife.c:251:20: warning: ‘ife_meta_id2name’ defined but not used [-Wunused-function]
static const char *ife_meta_id2name(u32 metaid)
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Fixes: d3f24ba895 ("net sched actions: fix module auto-loading")
Cc: Roman Mashak <mrv@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When pppol2tp_session_ioctl() is called by pppol2tp_tunnel_ioctl(),
the session may be unconnected. That is, it was created by
pppol2tp_session_create() and hasn't been connected with
pppol2tp_connect(). In this case, ps->sock is NULL, so we need to check
for this case in order to avoid dereferencing a NULL pointer.
Fixes: 309795f4be ("l2tp: Add netlink control API for L2TP")
Signed-off-by: Guillaume Nault <g.nault@alphalink.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* make "make -s" silent for the certs file (Arnd)
* fix missing CONFIG_ in extra certs symbol (Arnd)
* use crypto_aead_authsize() to use the proper API
and two other changes:
* remove a set-but-unused variable
* don't track HT *capability* changes, capabilities
are supposed to be constant (HT operation changes)
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=KTQB
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2017-10-13' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Three fixes for the recently added new code:
* make "make -s" silent for the certs file (Arnd)
* fix missing CONFIG_ in extra certs symbol (Arnd)
* use crypto_aead_authsize() to use the proper API
and two other changes:
* remove a set-but-unused variable
* don't track HT *capability* changes, capabilities
are supposed to be constant (HT operation changes)
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that there is no user for the .set_addr function, remove it from
DSA. If a switch supports this feature (like mv88e6xxx), the
implementation can be done in the driver setup.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ICMP implementation currently replies to an ICMP time exceeded message
(type 11) with an ICMP host unreachable message (type 3, code 1).
However, time exceeded messages can either represent "time to live exceeded
in transit" (code 0) or "fragment reassembly time exceeded" (code 1).
Unconditionally replying to "fragment reassembly time exceeded" with
host unreachable messages might cause unjustified connection resets
which are now easily triggered as UFO has been removed, because, in turn,
sending large buffers triggers IP fragmentation.
The issue can be easily reproduced by running a lot of UDP streams
which is likely to trigger IP fragmentation:
# start netserver in the test namespace
ip netns add test
ip netns exec test netserver
# create a VETH pair
ip link add name veth0 type veth peer name veth0 netns test
ip link set veth0 up
ip -n test link set veth0 up
for i in $(seq 20 29); do
# assign addresses to both ends
ip addr add dev veth0 192.168.$i.1/24
ip -n test addr add dev veth0 192.168.$i.2/24
# start the traffic
netperf -L 192.168.$i.1 -H 192.168.$i.2 -t UDP_STREAM -l 0 &
done
# wait
send_data: data send error: No route to host (errno 113)
netperf: send_omni: send_data failed: No route to host
We need to differentiate instead: if fragment reassembly time exceeded
is reported, we need to silently drop the packet,
if time to live exceeded is reported, maintain the current behaviour.
In both cases increment the related error count "icmpInTimeExcds".
While at it, fix a typo in a comment, and convert the if statement
into a switch to mate it more readable.
Signed-off-by: Matteo Croce <mcroce@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The offload types currently supported in mqprio are 0 (no offload) and
1 (offload only TCs) by setting these values for the 'hw' option. If
offloads are supported by setting the 'hw' option to 1, the default
offload mode is 'dcb' where only the TC values are offloaded to the
device. This patch introduces a new hardware offload mode called
'channel' with 'hw' set to 1 in mqprio which makes full use of the
mqprio options, the TCs, the queue configurations and the QoS parameters
for the TCs. This is achieved through a new netlink attribute for the
'mode' option which takes values such as 'dcb' (default) and 'channel'.
The 'channel' mode also supports QoS attributes for traffic class such as
minimum and maximum values for bandwidth rate limits.
This patch enables configuring additional HW shaper attributes associated
with a traffic class. Currently the shaper for bandwidth rate limiting is
supported which takes options such as minimum and maximum bandwidth rates
and are offloaded to the hardware in the 'channel' mode. The min and max
limits for bandwidth rates are provided by the user along with the TCs
and the queue configurations when creating the mqprio qdisc. The interface
can be extended to support new HW shapers in future through the 'shaper'
attribute.
Introduces a new data structure 'tc_mqprio_qopt_offload' for offloading
mqprio queue options and use this to be shared between the kernel and
device driver. This contains a copy of the existing data structure
for mqprio queue options. This new data structure can be extended when
adding new attributes for traffic class such as mode, shaper, shaper
parameters (bandwidth rate limits). The existing data structure for mqprio
queue options will be shared between the kernel and userspace.
Example:
queues 4@0 4@4 hw 1 mode channel shaper bw_rlimit\
min_rate 1Gbit 2Gbit max_rate 4Gbit 5Gbit
To dump the bandwidth rates:
qdisc mqprio 804a: root tc 2 map 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
queues:(0:3) (4:7)
mode:channel
shaper:bw_rlimit min_rate:1Gbit 2Gbit max_rate:4Gbit 5Gbit
Signed-off-by: Amritha Nambiar <amritha.nambiar@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We already have point-to-multipoint flow control within a group. But
we even need the opposite; -a scheme which can handle that potentially
hundreds of sources may try to send messages to the same destination
simultaneously without causing buffer overflow at the recipient. This
commit adds such a mechanism.
The algorithm works as follows:
- When a member detects a new, joining member, it initially set its
state to JOINED and advertises a minimum window to the new member.
This window is chosen so that the new member can send exactly one
maximum sized message, or several smaller ones, to the recipient
before it must stop and wait for an additional advertisement. This
minimum window ADV_IDLE is set to 65 1kB blocks.
- When a member receives the first data message from a JOINED member,
it changes the state of the latter to ACTIVE, and advertises a larger
window ADV_ACTIVE = 12 x ADV_IDLE blocks to the sender, so it can
continue sending with minimal disturbances to the data flow.
- The active members are kept in a dedicated linked list. Each time a
message is received from an active member, it will be moved to the
tail of that list. This way, we keep a record of which members have
been most (tail) and least (head) recently active.
- There is a maximum number (16) of permitted simultaneous active
senders per receiver. When this limit is reached, the receiver will
not advertise anything immediately to a new sender, but instead put
it in a PENDING state, and add it to a corresponding queue. At the
same time, it will pick the least recently active member, send it an
advertisement RECLAIM message, and set this member to state
RECLAIMING.
- The reclaimee member has to respond with a REMIT message, meaning that
it goes back to a send window of ADV_IDLE, and returns its unused
advertised blocks beyond that value to the reclaiming member.
- When the reclaiming member receives the REMIT message, it unlinks
the reclaimee from its active list, resets its state to JOINED, and
notes that it is now back at ADV_IDLE advertised blocks to that
member. If there are still unread data messages sent out by
reclaimee before the REMIT, the member goes into an intermediate
state REMITTED, where it stays until the said messages have been
consumed.
- The returned advertised blocks can now be re-advertised to the
pending member, which is now set to state ACTIVE and added to
the active member list.
- To be proactive, i.e., to minimize the risk that any member will
end up in the pending queue, we start reclaiming resources already
when the number of active members exceeds 3/4 of the permitted
maximum.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The following scenario is possible:
- A user sends a broadcast message, and thereafter immediately leaves
the group.
- The LEAVE message, following a different path than the broadcast,
arrives ahead of the broadcast, and the sending member is removed
from the receiver's list.
- The broadcast message arrives, but is dropped because the sender
now is unknown to the receipient.
We fix this by sequence numbering membership events, just like ordinary
unicast messages. Currently, when a JOIN is sent to a peer, it contains
a synchronization point, - the sequence number of the next sent
broadcast, in order to give the receiver a start synchronization point.
We now let even LEAVE messages contain such an "end synchronization"
point, so that the recipient can delay the removal of the sending member
until it knows that all messages have been received.
The received synchronization points are added as sequence numbers to the
generated membership events, making it possible to handle them almost
the same way as regular unicasts in the receiving filter function. In
particular, a DOWN event with a too high sequence number will be kept
in the reordering queue until the missing broadcast(s) arrive and have
been delivered.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The following scenario is possible:
- A user joins a group, and immediately sends out a broadcast message
to its members.
- The broadcast message, following a different data path than the
initial JOIN message sent out during the joining procedure, arrives
to a receiver before the latter..
- The receiver drops the message, since it is not ready to accept any
messages until the JOIN has arrived.
We avoid this by treating group protocol JOIN messages like unicast
messages.
- We let them pass through the recipient's multicast input queue, just
like ordinary unicasts.
- We force the first following broadacst to be sent as replicated
unicast and being acknowledged by the recipient before accepting
any more broadcast transmissions.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need a mechanism guaranteeing that group unicasts sent out from a
socket are not bypassed by later sent broadcasts from the same socket.
We do this as follows:
- Each time a unicast is sent, we set a the broadcast method for the
socket to "replicast" and "mandatory". This forces the first
subsequent broadcast message to follow the same network and data path
as the preceding unicast to a destination, hence preventing it from
overtaking the latter.
- In order to make the 'same data path' statement above true, we let
group unicasts pass through the multicast link input queue, instead
of as previously through the unicast link input queue.
- In the first broadcast following a unicast, we set a new header flag,
requiring all recipients to immediately acknowledge its reception.
- During the period before all the expected acknowledges are received,
the socket refuses to accept any more broadcast attempts, i.e., by
blocking or returning EAGAIN. This period should typically not be
longer than a few microseconds.
- When all acknowledges have been received, the sending socket will
open up for subsequent broadcasts, this time giving the link layer
freedom to itself select the best transmission method.
- The forced and/or abrupt transmission method changes described above
may lead to broadcasts arriving out of order to the recipients. We
remedy this by introducing code that checks and if necessary
re-orders such messages at the receiving end.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Group unicast messages don't follow the same path as broadcast messages,
and there is a high risk that unicasts sent from a socket might bypass
previously sent broadcasts from the same socket.
We fix this by letting all unicast messages carry the sequence number of
the next sent broadcast from the same node, but without updating this
number at the receiver. This way, a receiver can check and if necessary
re-order such messages before they are added to the socket receive buffer.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The previously introduced message transport to all group members is
based on the tipc multicast service, but is logically a broadcast
service within the group, and that is what we call it.
We now add functionality for sending messages to all group members
having a certain identity. Correspondingly, we call this feature 'group
multicast'. The service is using unicast when only one destination is
found, otherwise it will use the bearer broadcast service to transfer
the messages. In the latter case, the receiving members filter arriving
messages by looking at the intended destination instance. If there is
no match, the message will be dropped, while still being considered
received and read as seen by the flow control mechanism.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In this commit, we make it possible to send connectionless unicast
messages to any member corresponding to the given member identity,
when there is more than one such member. The sender must use a
TIPC_ADDR_NAME address to achieve this effect.
We also perform load balancing between the destinations, i.e., we
primarily select one which has advertised sufficient send window
to not cause a block/EAGAIN delay, if any. This mechanism is
overlayed on the always present round-robin selection.
Anycast messages are subject to the same start synchronization
and flow control mechanism as group broadcast messages.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We now make it possible to send connectionless unicast messages
within a communication group. To send a message, the sender can use
either a direct port address, aka port identity, or an indirect port
name to be looked up.
This type of messages are subject to the same start synchronization
and flow control mechanism as group broadcast messages.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We introduce an end-to-end flow control mechanism for group broadcast
messages. This ensures that no messages are ever lost because of
destination receive buffer overflow, with minimal impact on performance.
For now, the algorithm is based on the assumption that there is only one
active transmitter at any moment in time.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Like with any other service, group members' availability can be
subscribed for by connecting to be topology server. However, because
the events arrive via a different socket than the member socket, there
is a real risk that membership events my arrive out of synch with the
actual JOIN/LEAVE action. I.e., it is possible to receive the first
messages from a new member before the corresponding JOIN event arrives,
just as it is possible to receive the last messages from a leaving
member after the LEAVE event has already been received.
Since each member socket is internally also subscribing for membership
events, we now fix this problem by passing those events on to the user
via the member socket. We leverage the already present member synch-
ronization protocol to guarantee correct message/event order. An event
is delivered to the user as an empty message where the two source
addresses identify the new/lost member. Furthermore, we set the MSG_OOB
bit in the message flags to mark it as an event. If the event is an
indication about a member loss we also set the MSG_EOR bit, so it can
be distinguished from a member addition event.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With group communication, it becomes important for a message receiver to
identify not only from which socket (identfied by a node:port tuple) the
message was sent, but also the logical identity (type:instance) of the
sending member.
We fix this by adding a second instance of struct sockaddr_tipc to the
source address area when a message is read. The extra address struct
is filled in with data found in the received message header (type,) and
in the local member representation struct (instance.)
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As a preparation for introducing flow control for multicast and datagram
messaging we need a more strictly defined framework than we have now. A
socket must be able keep track of exactly how many and which other
sockets it is allowed to communicate with at any moment, and keep the
necessary state for those.
We therefore introduce a new concept we have named Communication Group.
Sockets can join a group via a new setsockopt() call TIPC_GROUP_JOIN.
The call takes four parameters: 'type' serves as group identifier,
'instance' serves as an logical member identifier, and 'scope' indicates
the visibility of the group (node/cluster/zone). Finally, 'flags' makes
it possible to set certain properties for the member. For now, there is
only one flag, indicating if the creator of the socket wants to receive
a copy of broadcast or multicast messages it is sending via the socket,
and if wants to be eligible as destination for its own anycasts.
A group is closed, i.e., sockets which have not joined a group will
not be able to send messages to or receive messages from members of
the group, and vice versa.
Any member of a group can send multicast ('group broadcast') messages
to all group members, optionally including itself, using the primitive
send(). The messages are received via the recvmsg() primitive. A socket
can only be member of one group at a time.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We often see a need for a linked list of destination identities,
sometimes containing a port number, sometimes a node identity, and
sometimes both. The currently defined struct u32_list is not generic
enough to cover all cases, so we extend it to contain two u32 integers
and rename it to struct tipc_dest_list.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We see an increasing need to send multiple single-buffer messages
of TIPC_SYSTEM_IMPORTANCE to different individual destination nodes.
Instead of looping over the send queue and sending each buffer
individually, as we do now, we add a new help function
tipc_node_distr_xmit() to do this.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the following commits we will need to handle multiple incoming and
rejected/returned buffers in the function socket.c::filter_rcv().
As a preparation for this, we generalize the function by handling
buffer queues instead of individual buffers. We also introduce a
help function tipc_skb_reject(), and rename filter_rcv() to
tipc_sk_filter_rcv() in line with other functions in socket.c.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the coming commits, functions at the socket level will need the
ability to read the availability status of a given node. We therefore
introduce a new function for this purpose, while renaming the existing
static function currently having the wanted name.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The address given to tipc_connect() is not completely sanity checked,
under the assumption that this will be done later in the function
__tipc_sendmsg() when the address is used there.
However, the latter functon will in the next commits serve as caller
to several other send functions, so we want to move the corresponding
sanity check there to the beginning of that function, before we possibly
need to grab the address stored by tipc_connect(). We must therefore
be able to trust that this address already has been thoroughly checked.
We do this in this commit.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As preparation for introducing communication groups, we add the ability
to issue topology subscriptions and receive topology events from kernel
space. This will make it possible for group member sockets to keep track
of other group members.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The code here (more or less accidentally) tracks the HT capability of
the AP when connected, and we found at least one AP that erroneously
toggles its 20/40 capability bit when changing between 20/40 MHz. The
connection to the AP is then broken because we set the 40 MHz disable
flag based on this, as soon as it switches to 20 MHz, but because the
flag then changed, we disconnect.
I'd be inclined to just ignore this issue, since we then reconnect
while the AP is in 20 MHz mode and never use 40 MHz with it again,
but this code is a bit strange anyway - we don't use the capabilities
for anything else.
Change the code to simply not track the HT capabilities at all, which
assumes that the AP at least sets 20/40 capability when operating in
40 MHz (or higher). If not, rate scaling might end up using only the
narrower bandwidth.
The new behaviour also mirrors what VHT does, where we only check the
VHT operation.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The missing CONFIG_ prefix means this macro is never defined,
leading to a possible Kbuild warning:
net/wireless/reg.c:666:20: error: 'load_keys_from_buffer' defined but not used [-Werror=unused-function]
static void __init load_keys_from_buffer(const u8 *p, unsigned int buflen)
When we use the correct symbol, the warning also goes away.
Fixes: 90a53e4432 ("cfg80211: implement regdb signature checking")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Building an allmodconfig kernel with 'make -s' now prints a single line:
GEN net/wireless/shipped-certs.c
Using '$(kecho)' here will skip the output with 'make -s' but
otherwise keeps printing it, which is consistent with how we
handle all the other output.
Fixes: 90a53e4432 ("cfg80211: implement regdb signature checking")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Andrew Lunn